Contents How to Use This Manual |T] Circuit Schematics (see Circuit Index) Fuse/Relay Boxes 6 Ground-to-Components Index 6-8 Connector Index 200 Component Location 201 Connector Terminal Views 202 Connector-to-Harness Locations 203 Terminal Replacement Procedures 204 Circuit Index A/C condenser fan 63 Accessory power socket USA; Base; Canada 155 USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C 155-1 Air conditioner — see HVAC Audio system USA; Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada 150 Honda Accessory CD changer 150-3 XM radio USA; Base, CR Audio - A/C 150-4 Back-up lights 110-9 Brake lights 110-11 Ceiling lights 114 Charging system 22 Console lights 114-1 Convertible top USA; Base; Canada 121 Cruise control 34 Dash lights 114-1 Door indicator 80=4 DRL —* see Exterior lights Engine coolant temperature gauge 80 EPS 45 Exterior lights Back-up lights 110-9 Brake lights 110-11 DRL (Daytime running lights) Canada 110-4 USA 110 Hazard warning lights 110-8 Headlights Canada 110-4 USA 110 License plate lights 110-10 Parking lights 110-10 Side marker lights 110-10 Taillights 110-10 Turn signal lights 110-8 Fans 63 Fuel and emissions DLC and MIL circuits 23-1 ECM power and ground 23 ETCS (Electronic throttle control system) 23-6 EVAP system 23-10 Fuel supply system 23-9 Idle control system 23-8 PGM-FI system 23-2 Fuel gauge 80 Fuse box Auxiliary under-hood 6-6 Fuse/relay box Main under-hood 6 Under-dash 6-2 Gauges 80 Ground distribution 14 Ground-to-components index 6-8 Hazard warning lights 110-8 Headlights Canada 110-4 USA 110 Heater — see HVAC Horns 40 HVAC 60 Ignition system 20 Immobilizer system 132 Indicators 80 Interior lights Ceiling light 114 Console lights 114-1 Dash lights 114-1 Spotlights 114 Trunk light 114 Key-in reminder 73 Keyless entry 130 License plate lights 110-10 Lights-on reminder 73 Low fuel indicator 80-2 Low oil pressure indicator 80-6 Odometer 80 Parking lights 110-10 PGM-FI — see Fuel and emissions Power distribution 10 Power door locks 130 Power mirrors 141 Power windows 120 Radiator fan 63 Rear window defogger 64 Seat belt reminder 73 Security system Honda Accessory 133 Side marker lights 110-10 Speedometer 80 Splice and junction connector details 15 Spotlights 114 SRS 47 Starting system 21 Tachometer 80 Taillights 110-10 TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system) 85 Trunk indicator 80-6 Trunk lid opener 134 Trunk light 114 Turn signal lights 110-8 VSA 36 VTEC system 31 Wiper/washer 91 2/08 ©American Honda Motor Co., Inc. - All Rights Reserved Service Communications 230 pages 2008 Honda S-2000 ETM 10210
The next few pages describe how this manual is organized. They also explain what kind of information the manual contains, what the information means, and how to use it to troubleshoot electrical problems. Circuit schematics break the entire electrical system into individual systems, like the Back-up Lights on the next page. Only electrical components that work together are shown together, so you will not be distracted by unrelated wires. Explanations of the abbreviations and symbols used in the schematics begin on page m You will need to know what they mean before you can use a schematic effectively,
r Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the page, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo in section 201 that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an illustration in section 202 that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints shown on page [F]. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Symbols A complete description of schematic symbols begins on page [T]. "HOT" label tells you when the ignition switch supplies power to the fuse. Arrow with note means other circuits connect here. HOT IN ON OR START Capital letter means the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box has more than one connector. huse 9 L See page 10-9. ~i Driver's | Under-dash j Fuse/Relay i i Box I PHOTO 85 J | VIEW 60 .J Wire color code; defined on page [T] . N\ f Junction connector has one or more bus bars in it; each bar connects two or more wire terminals. T ^c lx L *-t 1 Numbers inside components refer to notes listed below component name. GRN/BL *
6 * C102 PHOTO 34 VIEW 40 GRN/BLK GRN/BLK Back-up Light S*."+'h Ti\ remission .everse v yro 20 Y i i See page 10-9. Arrowhead means wire connects to another circuit; it points in direction of current flow. 17 & C204 PHOTO 91 VIEW 52 Cavity number; K2 ,, assigned as rfl shown on page [8] . j L Female A6 terminal Male terminal Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (Coupe 2) ~ Left Back-up (Coupe 2) In-line Connector number; Index begins on page 203. Number of photo in back of book showing component location on vehicle. Number of connector ' terminals view in back of book (Coupe 1) tr Li9ht 'rr\ Right I p I Back-up v*!*/ i ;n-(Coupe 1) v Light Ground G601 ? ~ PHOTO 148 PHOTO 158 (Coupe) Variations ^ are indicated by model.
Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution section to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you are working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So, if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good, and power is available to the inoperative circuit. BLK To page X\ 10-2. \J i use A? 50A T1 r Fuse 41 1 ELD | Unit J 15A G1 PHOTO 40 PHOTO 58 (V6) Starter j Solenoid j Starter page 21 (L4) or 21-1 (V6) PHOTO 22 PHOTO 50 (V6) Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box PHOTO 9 VIEW 68 T101 See page 10-3. A17 C3 WHT/GRN C201 PHOTO 120 VIEW 45 Fuse 1 * WIBI^BIilti^^H ft lLj NO Compressci Clutch Relay page 62 (Man A/C) or 62-1 (Auto AA.) D10 WHT T102 Alternator page 22 (L4) or 22-1 (V6) PHOTO 12 PHOTO 55 (V6) 7 A PGM-FI Main Relay pages 23, 24, 39, and 132 PHOTO 99 VIEW 22 8 DLC page 23-3 (L4) or 24-3 (V6) PHOTO 95 VIEW 47 D2 A r—1 | 3 11 +\l Rear Window I Defogger 1 Relay j page 64 j (Man A/C) or 64-1 I (Auto A/C) I Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box PHOTO 91 VIEW 67 r use 58 ?0A iAi uL. J NO Condenser Fan Relay page 63 (L4) or 63-1 (V6) D2 WHT/GRN I use .r-)i5 ;.-oa To page 10-3. C203 PHOTO 120 6 p. j I I I I Radiator Fan Control Module page 63-1 VIEW 28 iAi Seat Heater Relay paya 1 « / V6 Multi-Relay Box PHOTO 9 Canada EX
How To Use This Manual Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Brake Light Failure Sensor page 110-1 PHOTO 147 VIEW 1 s 1 I I I J 3 Y Trailer Lighting Connector page 118 PHOTO 149 VIEW 13 Left Brake Light/ Taillight pages 110-1 and 110-5 Left Rear Turn Signal Light page 110-3 n Right Brake Light/ Taillight pages 110-1 and 110-5 Right Rear Turn Signal Light page 110-3 o Left Inner Taillight page 110-5 Left Back-up Light page 110-12 ( ) ( ) Trunk Key Cylinder Switch page 130-4 PHOTO 154 I—H I i 1 « EX Opener page ; SO i 1 Trunk Latch PHOTO 155 VIEW 14 I .i.vh °l pages 84-1, I 114, and 130 4 I I I L_-L-. . I Right Inner Taillight page 110-5 Right License Back-up Plate Light Light page page 110-12 110-5 ( ) ( ) ( ) DX, LX Trunk Latch Switch pages 84 and 114 PHOTO 153 I I I -J 1 " ' --a G601 PHOTO 148
r Connector Locations To see where a component or connector is located on the vehicle, look up its photo number in the Component Location section that begins on page 201. The photo will also tell you the color of the connector and how many cavities it has. r————1 ECM/PCM I Reference 1 ™J°114 | voltage 1 (VCC2) J 3 1 3 r~"~1 EGR Valve and T" | j EGR Valve j | i i Position Sensor 6 . U —-1 PHOTO 17 VIEW 3 To see where connectors and parts are located, look up their photos in the Component Location section that begins on page 201. 1 Tp Sensor PHOTO 16 1 FTP I Sensor PHOTO 73 If there is no photo number below or beside a component name or a connector, ground, or terminal number, look up that name or number in the appropriate Connector-to-Harness Index that begins on page 203. The chart lists how many cavities a connector has, where it is located, and what it connects to. The related illustration shows the connector's location on the harness, and the harness routing. [rvi Driver's Power Seat Wire Harness Connector or Terminal Power seat rear up-down Power seat front up-down mote Driver's seat belt switch Not used Power seat adjustment switch connector B C552 Power seat adjustment switch connector A Power seat recline motor Power seat slide motor 2-GRY 2-QRY 2-GRY 6-GRY 10-GRY 6-GPY Location Under driver's seat Under driver's seat Under driver's seat Under driver's seat Loft side of driver';, ?mt Under driver s seat Let side of driver's seat 203-31
r- Connector Terminal Views To see the configuration of a connector's cavities, look up its view number in the Connector View section that begins on page 202. Each view includes the color of the connector, where it is located, and what it connects to. Use the Connector View Section to help locate the proper cavity when you need to test a connector. It can be especially helpful if the connector has more than one wire of the same color. A dash symbol (—) indicates that the cavity is empty. Connector views can also be used to help diagnose multiple symptoms in separate circuits that could be caused by a single problem in a connector-shared by those circuits. Here is how: 1 Pick one of the multiple symptoms and look up the schematic for that circuit. 2 Make a list of all the in-line and fuse box connectors in that schematic (include page numbers). 3 Then, in the Connector View section, look up each connector on your list to see if circuits related to the other symptoms run through one of them. If they do, inspect that connector for the problem. Example: The blower, rear window defogger, and the windshield wiper do not work. List all in-line and fuse box connectors in the blower controls circuit and then check the Connector View section (sample below). You find that C324 is common to the rear window defogger circuit and wiper/washer circuit, so you inspect C324 and find the problem: damaged terminals. Connector Terminal Views 21. C324
Symbols — Wire Color Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: BLK black BLU blue BRN brown GRN ............. green GRY gray LT BLU light blue LT GRN light green ORN orange PNK ....pink PUR purple RED red WHT . white YEL yellow NAT natural Wires Wire insulation can be one color, or one color with another color stripe. (The second color is the color of the stripe.) This circuit continues on another page or at a different location on the same page. . The arrow shows direction of current flow. To follow the RED/BLK wire in these examples, you would look for the "A" arrow on page 23-5 or on the same page. This means that the branch of the wire connects to another circuit. The arrow points to the name of the circuit branch where the wire continues. YEL/RED RED/BLK To page 23-5. To this page. ORN Name of Circuit A broken line means that this part of the circuit is not shown. Refer to the page listed for the complete schematic. See page 14^ See Circuit E03^ page 15-9. r L_ Where separate wires join, only the splice is shown. For details on the additional wiring, refer to the page listed. I 1 ECM/PCM I I C28 See Circuit D46, » ^ ^c ijDage 15-9 J Wire choices for options or different models are labeled and are shown with a "choice" bracket like this. A/T M/T ORN This broken line means that both terminals are in connector C134. BLU/RED BLU/RED RED/BLU C134
Symbols Connectors - "C" The cavities and wire terminals in each connector are numbered starting from the upper left (locking tab up), looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. The gender of the connector is determined by the pins within the connector. All cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE; DLC terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Wire Side of Female Terminals Terminal Side of Male Terminals The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown below is #6. This means that the connector connects directly to the component. This means that the connector connects to a lead (pigtail) wired directly to the component. This symbol represents one bus bar inside the cap of a junction connector. A junction connector cap may contain several bus bars, but only the one . affecting that circuit will be shown. The dots represent tabs on the bar that the wire terminals connect to. Remaining wires to the same bus bar are represented by a dashed line. ¥ S 4 i 4 C103 See page 10, Splices Splices are shown as a dot. Their location and the number of wires may vary depending on the harness manufacturer. BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK Components A solid border line means that the entire component is shown. A broken border line indicates that only part of the component is shown. I i L. J The name of the component appears next to it, followed by notes about its function and any photo and connector view references. v. Brake Pedal Position Switch 1 = Brake pedal pressed. PHOTO 98
Ground - "G Switches This symbol means that the end of the wire is attached (grounded) to the car frame or to a metal part connected to the ^ frame. Each wire ground (G) is numbered for reference. This ground symbol (dot and 3 lines) overlapping the component means that the housing of the component is grounded to the vehicle frame or to a metal part connected to the frame. This symbol represents the bus bar inside a ground connector. The dots represent tabs on the bus bar that the wire terminals connect to. The ground symbol (large dot) is the connection between the bus bar and metal (grounded) part of the vehicle.
G500 Terminals Screw terminal Each "T" terminal (ring type) is numbered for reference and location. A "T" terminal is secured with a screw or bolt. T102 Shielding This represents RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) shielding around a wire. I A. Q103 These switches move together; the broken straight line between them means that they are mechanically connected. Other types of switches are controlled by a coil or a solid state circuit. Unless otherwise noted, all switches are shown in their normal (rest) position, with power off. o / Fuses This means that power is supplied when the ignition switch is in ON (ll). HOT IN ON Identification Current rating Diodes A rectifier diode works like a one way valve. It allows current to flow only in the direction of the arrow. A Zener diode blocks reverse current at normal voltages just like a rectifier diode. At high voltages, however, a Zener diode allows current to flow in reverse.
Symbols - —— Light Emitting Diode (LED) LEDs are special diodes that emit light when connected in a circuit. LEDs work the same as a rectifier diode by allowing current to flow only in one direction. 0" Motor This symbol represents a DC voltage electrical motor. Motors can reverse direction by changing the polarity of the voltage. Pressure Sensor A pressure sensor is a variable resistor used to monitor the difference in pressure between the intake manifold and outside atmosphere (Map Sensor). This information is used by the engine computer to monitor engine load (vacuum drops when the engine is under load or at wide open throttle). When the engine is under load, the computer alters spark timing and fuel mixture to control performance and emissions. NOTE: There is also a FTP (Fuel Tank Pressure) Sensor used to monitor EVAP System testing. Resistor This symbol represents a component in electrical circuits that resists the flow of electrical current. Resistance is measured in Ohms. Higher resistance results in less current flow. This type of resistor has a fixed resistance value. Variable Resistor This symbol represents a component in electrical circuits that resists the flow of electrical current. Resistance is measured in Ohms. Higher resistance results in less current flow. This type of resistor (thermistor) has a variable resistance value that changes with temperature. The resistance of a thermistor decreases as temperature increases. Solenoid An electromagnet is produced by current flowing through a coil of wire. A plunger inside the wire coil is moved by the electromagnet turning ON or OFF. Transistors Transistors are electrical devices that have two key properties: 1) they can amplify an electrical signal and 2) they can switch ON and OFF, letting current through or blocking it as necessary. y r r
r Five-Step Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open).
Fuse/Relay Boxes
1 2 3 Ref Socket Cavities Connects to 1 A/C condenser fan relay 4 2 Radiator fan relay 4 3 A/C compressor clutch relay 4 4 ELD Unit 3 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 203-4) 5 T101 Engine wire harness (see page 203-2) 6 T1 EPS sub-harness (see page 203) 7 Headlight relay 1 4 8 Headlight relay 2 4 9 Diode 2 10 Horn relay 4 11 Blower motor relay 4 12 Connector D 16 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 203-4) 13 Connector C 3 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 203-4) 14 Connector B 7 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 203-4) 15 Connector A 18 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 203-4)
Fuse/Relay Boxes
o Fuse Number Fuse Name Amps Page Component or Circuit Protected 10 IGP (LAF) 7.5 10-11 A/F sensor relay 11 IGP (DBW) 7.5 10-11 Throttle actuator control module relay 12 WASHER MOTOR 15 10-9 Convertible top switch (USA: Base; Canada), Wiper/washer switch 13 FR WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL 7.5 10-9 Gauge assembly 14 DBW 15 10-12 Throttle actuator control module relay 15 LAF 15 10-12 A/F sensor relay 16 1G1 COIL 15 10-12 Ignition coil relay 17 POWER WINDOW-DR 20 10-5 Power window master switch 18 POWER WINDOW-AS 20 10-5 Convertible top control unit (USA: Base; Canada) 19 R/C MIRROR 7.5 10-7 DRL control unit, DRL sub control unit (USA), Power mirror switch, Rear window defogger relay 20 HEATER CONTROL COOLING FAN RELAY 7.5 10-7 A/C compressor clutch relay, A/C condenser fan relay, Blower motor relay, Heater control panel, Radiator fan relay, Recirculation control motor 21 TPMS 7.5 10-12 TPMS control unit nnnn • • • • uuuu r 28 I I D3D DO DO DcG c o c o CM DIl CM CM CM CM DO CM DO DO CM CM CM CM DO DO D7l] DO DO DO
Fuse/Relay Boxes
Ref Socket Cavities Connects to 1 Connector B 7 Ignition switch lead (see page 203-17) 2 Taillight relay 5 3 Connector A 2 SRS main wire harness (see page 203-17) 4 Starter cut relay 5 5 MES connector 2 SRS main wire harness (see page 203-17) 6 Connector C 1 Option connector (IG2 Relay: see page 10-4) 7 Connector D 1 Option connector (B+ Fuse 42: see page 10-3) 8 Connector E 1 Option connector (Illumination (positive) circuit: see page 15) 9 Turn signal/hazard relay 3
Fuse/Relay Boxes
Ref Socket Cavities Connects to 1 2 Connector B Connector A 3 2 Left engine compartment wire harness (see page 203-6) Left engine compartment wire harness (see page 203-6)
NOTE: All ground wires are BLK unless otherwise noted. Ground Page Component or Circuit Grounded G1 14-7 Battery G2 14-7 Engine block (left side) G3 14-7 Engine block (left side) G4 14-7 EPS gearbox G101 14 CKP sensor, CMP sensor, ECM (PG1 and PG2 are BLK; LG1 and LG2 are BRN/YEL), Ignition coils. Knock sensor shield. Rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch), Secondary H02S shield. Throttle actuator control module G201 14-1 A/C condenser fan motor (USA; Base, CR Audio-A/C; Canada), Blower motor relay, ELD unit, EPS control unit, Radiator fan motor, Right front parking/side marker light, Right front turn signal light, Right side turn signal light, Windshield washer motor G301 14-2 Brake fluid level switch, Left front parking/side marker light, Left front turn signal light, Intermittent wiper relay, Left side turn signal light, Windshield wiper motor G303 14-2 VSA modulator-control unit (2 wires) G351 14-7 EPS control unit G401 14-3 Accessory power socket relay (USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C), Clutch interlock switch, Clutch pedal position switch, Combination light switch, DLC, DRL sub control unit (USA), Ignition key switch, Steering angle sensor, TPMS control unit, Turn signal/hazard relay, Wiper/washer switch G402 14-4 Blower power transistor, Convertible top control unit (3 wires) (USA: Base; Canada), DRL control unit (2 wires), EPS control unit, Heater control panel, Rear window defogger switch G501 14-5 Audio remote switch (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada), Convertible top control unit (USA: Base; Canada), Cruise control main switch, Driver's door key cylinder switch, Driver's door latch, Engine start switch, Gauge assembly (2 wires), Keyless door lock control unit, Left headlight (low beam), MES connector, Passenger's power window switch, Power mirror switch, Power window master switch, Right headlight (low beam), VSA OFF switch G502 14-5 Audio unit (2 wires) (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada) G601 14-6 Accessory power socket, Convertible top disable switch (removable hardtop), Driver's seat belt buckle switch, Fuel tank unit, High mount brake light, Noise condenser, Passenger's seat belt buckle switch, Passenger's weight sensor unit, Rear window defogger (softtop), Trunk lid opener solenoid/latch switch, XM receiver (USA) G602 14-6 Back-up light (left/right), Brake/side marker/taillight (left/right), License plate light, Rear turn signal light (left/right) G801 14-7 SRS unit (2 wires) G901 14-6 Convertible top disable switch (removable hardtop) G902 14-6 Rear window defogger (removable hardtop)
Main Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box - Fuses 51, 54, 56, 57, 58 and 59 Main Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box PHOTO 17 VIEW 189 From page 10. < Fuse 51 I Fuse 56 ( Fuse 57 < Fkv .'vs B6 WHT/ BLK WHT/ BLK 40A 40A 4 i A i L^k— -J Blower Motor Relay page 60 30A 20A ( Fuse 54 i 30A FT! lAl Radiator 1 i A i lALL J A/C 1 A I r:A i lLj A/C Fan Relay Condenser Compressor page 63 Fan Relay Clutch Relay page 63 page 60-2 B7 YEL 7, YEL I Fuse 59 i 20A Headlight Relay 1 page 10-10 Ll Headlight Relay 2 page 10-10 "XI D2 YEL C203 PHOTO 82 VIEW 137 4 S YEL C202 PHOTO 82 VIEW 136 ( Fuse 17 f Fuse 18 J Fuse 22 * Fuse 23 f Fuse 24 ~ 20A X 20A 1 15A i 10A 1 7.5A Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box PHOTO 46 VIEW 188 Fuse 25 7 Fuse 26 J Fuse 27 LJ 7 5A 2 15A See page 10-5. See page 10-12. See page 10-8. See page 10-12.
Ji^^ttliii page 10 "i Main 1 Under-hood | Fuse/Relay ' Box PHOTO 17 VIEW 189 ] HOT AT ALL TIMES t-use 4/ 15A 4 . :;0A —Horn \ | Relay " Fuse 50 B5 A6 WHT/RED C201 PHOTO 83 VIEW 157 WHT/RED 3 ¥ 4 "1 Brake | Pedal I | rcuai L j Position Switch page 34 PHOTO 45 VIEW 99 32 I L, B1 WHT/BLU B4 WHT/BLU Fuse 49 UiA C203 PHOTO 82 VIEW 137 f C302 PHOTO 43 VIEW 158 1 A C201 PHOTO 83 VIEW 157 "1 VSA j Modulator- j Control Unit page 36-1 PHOTO 7 VIEW 173 6A I I Hazard Warning Switch page 110-8 PHOTO 76 VIEW 140
Under-dash Fuse/Relay | Box PHOTO 46 VIEW 188 Engine Start Switch 0 =OFF 1 =START page 21 PHOTO 63 VIEW 112 L.. Starter PHOTO 31 USA: Base; Canada
Fuse 6 15A "] Under-dash I Fuse/Relay I Box PHOTO 46 VIEW 188 BLK/YEL USA; Base; Canada (Not used) C401 PHOTO 57 VIEW 169 C401 PHOTO 57 VIEW 169 BLK/YEL 21 A "1 Rear Window | Defogger j Change Relay page 64-1 PHOTO 120 VIEW 121 9 v C404 PHOTO 51 VIEW 170 BLK/YEL BLK/YEL C301 PHOTO 43 VIEW 152 BLK/YEL 12 BLK/YEL BLK/YEL 5 A [~ ~] Steering I I Angle L —J Sensor page 36 PHOTO 67 VIEW 114 C201 PHOTO 83 VIEW 157 1 A 1™J ELD Unit page 22 I PHOTO 18 I VIEW 77 a ~l Main I Under-hood | Fuse/Relay I Box I PHOTO 17 | VIEW 189 1 A 4 A f "j EVAP Canister f ~] VSA Modulator- I | Purge Valve | | Control Unit I S page 23-10 l. I page 36 PHOTO 8 PHOTO 7 VIEW 31 VIEW 173 *C101 PHOTO 56 VIEW 156 WHT P ~i Secondary I | H02S L_ j page 23-5 PHOTO 41 VIEW 102 1 A T 1 Alternator | | page 22 § J PHOTO 27 VIEW 98 6A r 1 Cruise I | Control L^J Main Switch page 34
HOT AT ALL TIMES I 1 i i L WHT/RED Fuse 25 7 5A I Fuse 28 15A RED/BLU "1 Imoes Unit | page 132-2 j PHOTO 129 " VIEW 104 16 WHT/RED A13 A 1 Convertible I Top Control j Unit page 121 PHOTO 85 VIEW 178 USA: Base; Canada C451 PHOTO 83 VIEW 160 I 10 ? C401 PHOTO 57 VIEW 169 7 A Keyless Door Lock Control Unit page 130 PHOTO 54 VIEW 162 2 A 1 Immobilizer | Control Unit- j Receiver page 132-1 PHOTO 68 VIEW 133 *~1 Trunk Lid Opener Switch page 134 PHOTO 77 VIEW 57 Canada Fuse 27 10A "1 Under-dash | Fuse/Relay Box PHOTO 46 j VIEW 188 I USA C403 PHOTO 51 VIEW 159 14 A DRL r 1 DRL Sub Control | | Control Unit Unit L'—J Pa9e 110-2 page 110-6 - PHOTO 44 VIEW 148 PHOTO 44 VIEW 149 WHT/RED 14 ? C501 PHOTO 58 VIEW 171 WHT/RED A1 A A7 XM Receiver page 150-4 PHOTO 119 VIEW 190 USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C (Honda Accessory) B1 r B7 "1 Audio Unit 1 page 150-4 , PHOTO 72
J VIEW 175 USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada WHT/RED WHT/RED 29 A I T Heater | | Control L —J Pane' page 60 PHOTO 64 VIEW 172 A10 r* WHT/RED L - A3 _ J Qgygg | Assembly j page 80 " ~" or 80-1 PHOTO 65 VIEW 182
Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuses 8,12 and 13 GRN/BLK GRN/BLK 2 T C403 PHOTO 51 VIEW 159 17 $ C502 PHOTO 57 VIEW 166 GRN/BLK 41 r 1 Power Window | J Master Switch I j page 120 "* PHOTO 97 VIEW 150 3 * C301 PHOTO 43 VIEW 152 V "1 Intermittent J Wiper Relay .j page 91 PHOTO 2 VIEW 120 GRN/BLK 41 T~ 1 Under-dash 7 Fuse 8 I Fuse/Relay j Box ! PHOTO 46 GRN/BLK 'A-A J GRN/BLK BLK/WHT ""] Under-dash Fuse 12 I Fuse/Relay 15A I BOX I PHOTO 46 VIEW 188 14 r i "1 Wiper/Washer | Switch j page 91 PHOTO 69 VIEW 151 ---<« ^See page 91. 1 Windshield 1 Wiper Motor | 1 = Park { 2 = RUN I page 91 • PHOTO 9 —-J VIEW 115 BLUVWHT 31 1 Convertible | Top Switch j page 121 PHOTO 76 VIEW 118 USA: Base; Canada ry~1 Intermittent | \ . I Wiper Relay blutwht j \ J page 91 0 Y PHOTO 2 VIEW 120 BLU/WHT 6 ? C301 PHOTO 43 VIEW 152 121 r — 1 Wiper/ I I Washer l J Switch page 91 PHOTO 69 VIEW 151 2 ? BLU/ORN 4 BLU/ORN B16 1 C301 PHOTO 43 VIEW 152 , (jnder.dash Fuse 13 I Fuse/Relay 7 5A I B0X 5 page 91 I PHOTO 46 j VIEW 188 C451 PHOTO 83 VIEW 160 i | cpu i I n Gauge | Assembly page 91 PHOTO 65 1 VIEW 182 J
HOT AT ALL TIMES A- ••••> ' See paqe 10-1 j ! I """"] Main 1 Under-hood | Fuse/Relay j Box 9 PHOTO 17 | VIEW 189 I I. Headlight ^ FUS< use 43 1 j, ''OA Fuse 44 A2 RED/YEL I A3 ' A! (Not used) 7' C202 PHOTO 82 VIEW 136 C204 PHOTO 82 VIEW 164 ! L A7 Filter "1 Gauge I Assembly j page 110 1 or 110-4 PHOTO 65 1 VIEW 182 1 Y " DRL Diode 1 PHOTO 80 VIEW 27 C301 PHOTO 43 VIEW 152 RED 'f "T 1 High Beam j j I Cut Relay LiJ Page 110-1 or 110-5 PHOTO 54 VIEW 183 C202 PHOTO 82 VIEW 136 1 DRL I Control Unit page 110 or 110-4 PHOTO 44 VIEW 148 2 j * RED I L invalid 1 Left Headlight, j Low Beam page 110 or 110-4 PHOTO 14 VIEW 34 (Not used) A12 BLU/RED A13 (Not used) 14 £ C201 I PHOTO 83 BLU/RED I VIEW 157 USA BLU/ RED BLU/RED 3,, rTI High Beam | | | Cut Relay LiJ page 110-1 or 110-5 ' PHOTO 54 VIEW 183 7 BLU/ RED 121 r-~l DRL Sub j | Control Unit i a page 110-1 — - PHOTO 44 VIEW 149 81 r 1 DRL Control I I Unit I j page 110-1 or 110-5 PHOTO 44 VIEW 148 I r- II °y ii *, • I L _ — *~5 Headlight I Switch I 0 = Off 2= ^ Bee Exterior Lights ! 12 Inverter Igniter 1 Right Headlight, ] Low Beam page 110 or 110-4 PHOTO 14 J VIEW 34 5=5 BLK Combination Light Switch page 110-1 or 110-5 PHOTO 67 VIEW 153 See page 14-3. G401 PHOTO 53
Main Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse 46, Under-dash Fuse/Relew Box - Fuses 1, 2,10 and 11 HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES I.J A Fuse 1 c Fuse 2 1:V\ Under-dash 1 Fuse/Relay | Box j PHOTO 46 • VIEW 188 n A1 BLU or PNK A2 BLU or BLK/YEL A17A A18A ! I j PHOTO 74 VIEW 186 1 SRS Unit | page 47 A17' WHT/GRN 11 : WHT/GRN r- Main Fuse 48 Under.h00d 15A Fuse/Relay Box I PHOTO 17
HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES BLU/WHT Kise 14 15A 2 A IT a s 1 Throttle Actuator Control Module J Relav page 23-6 PHOTO 52 VIEW 187 J Fuse 1€ } 15A Fuse 15 " 1 Under-dash 1 Fuse/Relay Fuse 21 I Box / 5A i PHOTO 46 I VIEW 188 1 i L_. 4A ~1 Ignition Coil | Relay j page 20 PHOTO 49 VIEW 103 1 A r ryi A/F 1 A I Sensor Relay page 23-5 PHOTO 49 VIEW 103 10 A I m1 TPMS Control j Unit page 85 PHOTO 128 VIEW 167 ! I
-G101 NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black. I I L —J 7 ~H Throttle •7 A Actuator Control Module page 23-6 PHOTO 81 VIEW 155 A5 C103 PHOTO 56 VIEW 146 A4 ECM | page 23 prv<? i PHOTO 60
2
""1 Ignition
| Coil No. 1
j page 20
r PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
L.
2
1 Ignition
| Coil No. 2
j page 20
PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
1 Ignition
| Coil No. 3
j page 20
PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
! • )
2 Y
1 Ignition
Coil No. 4
I page 20
PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
r~~i CKP
| | Sensor
i j page 23-3
PHOTO 40
f ^ Secondary f ~-
HQ2S
CZD§ Shield
page 23-5
BRN/YEL
Knock
Sensor
Shield
page 23-4
VIEW 74
A8
BRN/YEL
2 * C105
PHOTO 34
VIEW 91
A9
1 ECM
I page 23
mi PHOTO 60
~-J VIEW 180
L <
2
BRN/YEL
Rocker Arm Oil
Pressure
Switch (VTEC
Oil Pressure
Switch)
page 31
PHOTO 39
VIEW 48
> C104
(Terminals
16-20)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
2T
CMP Sensor
page 23-3
PHOTO 35
VIEW 75
BRN/YEL
G101
PHOTO 38
G201 ———— ^——
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
"1 EPS
I Control
J Unit
B6 Y P^e 45
PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
t"~*\ Right Side
Turn Signal
" * Light
page 110-8
PHOTO 16
VIEW 61
(. )
X
Right Front
Parking/Side
Marker Light
page 110-10
PHOTO 15
VIEW 45
( 5
Right Front
Turn Signal
Light
page 110-8
PHOTO 15
VIEW 59
I Relay
page 60
I 1 1
I 111
Main Under-hood
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
f 1 Windshield
j | Washer
I I Motor
p v page 91
PHOTO 24
VIEW 68
USA; Base,
CR Audio -
A/C; Canada
A/C
Condenser
Fan Motor
page 63
PHOTO 10
VIEW 11 1 «
I I
Radiator
Fan Motor
page 63
PHOTO 23
VIEW 46
G201
_ G301 • •
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
C )
Left Front
Parking/Side
Marker Light
page 110-10
PHOTO 15
VIEW 45
I I
Windshield
Wiper Motor
j page 91
PHOTO 9
VIEW 115
( ) Left Front Turn
Signal Light
page 110-8
PHOTO 15
VIEW 59
TT*! Intermittent
I/"
^""^ PHOTO 2
KVIEW 120
Wiper Relay
U page 91
H Brake Fluid
j Level Switch
I i page 80-6
-J PH0T0 5
VIEW 18
J
Left Side
Turn Signal
' Light
page 110-8
PHOTO 16
VIEW 61
— — — . . j|. Q301
PHOTO 10
- G303 — •
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
L-
16
_ J
47
VSA
Modulator-
Control Unit
page 36
PHOTO 7
VIEW 173
\/~
if G303
" PHOT01
-<&401 • ——•
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black,
r "1 Steering
j | Angle
L—. J Sensor
-j Y page 36
PHOTO 67
VIEW 114
DLC
I page 23-1
PHOTO 62
7T-1 VIEW 154
I Under-dash
Turn Signal
Hazard Relay
page 110-8
I 1
1 1 I
3 Y J
| Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
j VIEW 188
USA: CR,
CR Audio - A/C
r 1 Accessory
| j Power
I _ j Socket
3 v Relay
page 155-1
PHOTO 52
VIEW 187
© -
r~~l Clutch Interlock
| j Switch
L I Pag© 21
. v PHOTO 45
1 VIEW 19
I I
Clutch Pedal
Position
Switch
page 34-1
PHOTO 45
VIEW 20
T 1 Ignition Key
| j Switch
I i page 73
1 v or 130
• PHOTO 68
VIEW 132
. • . • — -
USA
r-
I
DRL Sub
Control Unit
page 110-2
PHOTO 44
VIEW 149
r 1 Combination
| | Light Switch
• i page 110-1
ioY or 110-5
\d PHOTO 67
VIEW 153
r- I TPMS
I I Control
i f Unit
page 85
PHOTO 128
VIEW 167
I 1 Wiper/Washer
| | Switch
L^J P?ge 01
4^
PHOTO 69
VIEW 151
G401
PHOTO 53
_ G402 —
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
Rear Window
Defogger
Switch
page 64
PHOTO 76
VIEW 122
! I
4
Convertible
Top Control
Unit
page 121
PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
A11
USA: Base: Canada
Heater
Control
Panel
page 60
PHOTO 64
VIEW 172
26
Blower
Power
Transistor
page 60
PHOTO 86
VIEW 111
L.
5
DRL Control Unit
page 110-2 or
110-6
PHOTO 44
VIEW 148
EPS Control
Unit
page 45
PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
i—-T
16 C451
PHOTO 83
VIEW 160
G402
PHOTO 84
G501 and G502 ^ -
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
Audio Unit
pages 150
and 150-4
PHOTO 72
VIEW 175
r———i
! I
L. , J
B11 Y > A20
USA
Passenger's
Power Window
Switch
page 120-1
PHOTO 106
VIEW 127
r—i
1 I
L —J
2 " '
1 $
Audio
Remote
Switch
page 150-1
PHOTO 63
VIEW 117
I 1
USA: Base,
CR Audio -
A/C; Canada
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
Keyless
Door Lock
Driver's
Control Unit Door Latch
page 130 page 130-1
PHOTO 54
VIEW 162
r™ i
I 1
PHOTO 102
VIEW 179
17 A2
Driver's
Door Key
Cylinder
Switch
page 130-1
PHOTO 102
VIEW 24
Gauge
Assembly
page 80
or 80-3
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
I J
A17 A18
Right Headlight,
Low Beam
page 110or 110-4
PHOTO 14
VIEW 34
| f * Inverter J
| I 1 i
1 *
11 £ C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
VSA Off
Switch
page 36-2
PHOTO 64
VIEW 125
I I
Engine
MES Start
Connector Switch
page 47 page 21
PHOTO 46
VIEW 41
r—i
I. I
L I
2
Cruise
Control
Main
Switch
page 34
PHOTO 63 PHOTO 63
VIEW 112 VIEW 119
( 111
5Y
C503
PHOTO 47
VIEW 130
Power
Window
Master
Switch
page 120
PHOTO 97
VIEW 150
I 1
I I
L —J
1
Power
Mirror
Switch
page 141
PHOTO 97
VIEW 141
I I
10
Convertible
Top Control
Unit
page 121-1
PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
L —J
B10
14 A C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
USA: Base;
Canada
rZ3T~— — 1 Left Headlight,
| r 1 Inverter | Low Beam
i|| j page 110 or
! L_J 110-4
1 PHOTO 14
k C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
VIEW 34
G502
PHOTO 87
USA: Base, CR
Audio - A/C; Canada
# G501
PHOTO 59
G601, G901 (Removable Hardtop) and G902 (Removable Hardtop)
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
Driver's Passenger's
Seat Belt Seat Belt
Buckle Buckle
Switch Switch
pages 47-1 page 47-1
PHOTO 113 PHOTO 114
VIEW 85 VIEW 86
r~—i i 1
1 Y
Fuel Tank
Unit
page 23-9
PHOTO 124
VIEW 113
GRN
1 Y
Trunk Lid
Opener
Solenoid/
Latch
Switch
page 134
PHOTO 125
VIEW 90
! !
2 §
Passenger's
Weight Sensor
Unit
page 47-3
PHOTO 115
VIEW 184
r'—i
! I
i i
C6
i
Accessory
Power Socket
page 155 or
155-1
PHOTO 78
VIEW 13
r*—i
High Mount
Brake Light
page 110-11
PHOTO 125
VIEW 35
I I
I
- - USA - -
XM
Receiver
page 150-4
PHOTO 119
VIEW 190
A11~
Convertible Top
Disable Switch
Rear Window
Defogger
(Softtop)
page 64-1
PHOTO 112
VIEW 8
I !
L. I
B
Noise
Condenser
page 64-1
PHOTO 121
VIEW 42
2 *
I I
I I
2' '
(Removable
Hardtop)
1 = Hardtop
installed
pages 64-1
and 121-1
PHOTO 104
VIEW 21
lo/ il
C602
PHOTO 120
VIEW 72
Rear Window
Defogger
(Removable
Hardtop)
page 64-1
PHOTO 110
VIEW 7
I I
i i
B
BLK/RED
3 $ C601
PHOTO 103
VIEW 92
C901
PHOTO 94
VIEW 94
G901
PHOTO 110
G601
PHOTO 117
G902
PHOTO
111
G602 —• •
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
Lett Back-up
Light
page 110-9
PHOTO 122
VIEW 15
( )
Left Rear
Turn Signal
Light
page 110-8
PHOTO 122
VIEW 60
o
Left Brake Light/
Side Marker/Taillight
page 110-10
or 110-11
PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
r—i
I I
L- 1
3'
License
Plate Light
page 110-10
PHOTO 127
VIEW 40
o
Right
Back-up
Light
page 110-9
PHOTO 122
VIEW 15
C 5
Right Rear
Turn Signal
Light
page 110-8
PHOTO 122
VIEW 60
o
Right Brake
Light/Side
Marker/Taillight
page 110-10
or 110-11
PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
i s
I I
L- I
3'
-JL G602
' PHOTO n
G1, G2, G3, G4, G351 and G801 -
NOTE: Wires shown without color codes are black.
Battery
Engine
Block
(Left Side)
L J
T5
PHOTO 30
# G1
PHOTO 21
-§- G2
PHOTO 30
Engine
Block
(Left Side)
r—i
T3
PHOTO 30
Mr G3
PHOTO 6
EPS
Gearbox
page 45
( I
L J
T4
PHOTO 26
-Hr G4
PHOTO 26
EPS
Control
Unit
page 45
PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
r—i
I I
L — J
C1 " A22
GRN or
BLK or
BLU
SRS Unit
page 47
PHOTO 74
VIEW 186
A23 "
GRN or
BLK or
BLU
G351
PHOTO 20
G801
PHOTO 75
- Illumination (Positive) ^ ^——
Option
Connector
rjl Taillight
J/H Relay
L - Jd
I 1 Y
RED/
BLK
RED/BLK
Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
I Box
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
RED/
BLK
2 ?
RED/
BLK
14 ?
2 A
RED/BLK
C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
(DLeft Front Parking/Side
Marker Light
PHOTO 15
VIEW 45
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
21
RED/BLK
RED/BLK
16
RED/BLK
C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
2X
Right Front
Parking/Side
Marker Light
PHOTO 15
VIEW 45
8 A
r I Hazard
j | Warning
[ I ~ Switch
PHOTO 76
VIEW 140
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
RED/BLK
5 A
I i
Convertible
Top Switch
PHOTO 76
VIEW 118
USA: Base;
Canada
5A
I 1 Rear
Window
Defogger
Switch
PHOTO 76
VIEW 122
RED/BLK
2 A
r™l Left Brake
j j Light/Side
MarkerAaillight
1 PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
1 A
(X\ License
l4/ Plate Light
PHOTO 127
VIEW 40
2 A
r™l Right Brake
I I Light/Side
• Marker/Taillight
l J pHOTO 122
VIEW 73
RED/
BLK
AS,
|
— •7
I Filter
""l Gauge
| Assembly
j PHOTO 65
1 VIEW 182
r -~i
I CPU I I i 1 I
RED/BLK
27 A
I 1
I I
Heater
Control
Panel
PHOTO 64
VIEW 172
A9 A
1 Audio
I Unit
PHOTO 72
-» VIEW 175
4A
I—
RED/
BLK
3 A
r—i
I !
L—.J
Audio
Remote
Switch
PHOTO 63
VIEW 117
USA: Base,
CR Audio-A/C;
Canada
1 Keyless
| Door Lock
j Control
Unit
PHOTO 54
VIEW 162
RED/
BLK
RED/BLK
2 A
VSA Off
Switch
PHOTO 64
VIEW 125
2A
r 1 Cruise
| j Control
Main
Switch
PHOTO 63
VIEW 119
r ~! Passenger's
I I Airbag
L —J Cut-Off
Indicator
PHOTO 71
VIEW 105
- Illumination (Negatiwe)
9'
"1 Hazard
| Warning
Switch
, PHOTO 76
VIEW 140
1 Convertible
I Top Switch
[_,,J PHOTO 76
VIEW 118
"1 Rear Window
I Defogger Switch
: PHOTO 76
—* VIEW 122
USA: Base;
Canada
12 f
Cruise
Control
Main
Switch
PHOTO 63
VIEW 119
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
3A
1 VSA Off
1 Switch
PHOTO 64
8 VIEW 125
I !
4
1 Audio
Remote
Switch
PHOTO 63
VIEW 117
f™l Audio Unit
! I PHOTO 72
j VIEW 175
A19'
USA: Base, CR
Audio - A/C; Canada
r"~~l Heater
I | Control
Panel
=-—-J PHOTO 64 28 VIEW 172
j Lamp
I Driver
I Circuit I
'3 Gauge
;] Assembly
j PHOTO 65
J VIEW 182
RED
2A
r* 1 Passenger's
| | Airbag
Cut-Off
§ 1 Indicator
-~ PHOTO 71
VIEW 105
- Brake Pedal Position —— ^—•
I—"f~~* Brake Pedal
i°7 | b> 11 Position Switch
•^.j 1 = Brake pedal
3 Y pressed
PHOTO 45
VIEW 99
WHT/BLK
13 C403
PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
r*—\ ECM
j | PHOTO 60
g s VIEW 180
L — J
WHT/BLK
20 f C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
WHT/BLK
1 A
I 1 Left Brake
| | Light/Side
i j Marker/Taillight
PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
r 1 High Mount
I -1 Brake Light
PHOTO 125
1
r "1 Right Brake
| | Light/Side
L_ J Marker/Taillight
PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
Parking Brake Position
T *1 Convertible
I 1 Top Control
L.
A12
Unit
PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
USA: Base;
Canada
r — 1 DRL Sub
I 1 Control
Unit
PHOTO 44
VIEW 149
r 1 Gauge
I j Assembly
USA
B23
GRN/WHT
17
GRN/WHT
VIEW 182
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
r 1 Immobilizer
| | Control Unit-
I j Receiver
PHOTO 68
VIEW 133
r* I DRL
I j Control
L i Unit
i_ j PHOTO 44
6 I VIEW 148
GRN/WHT
Parking
Brake Switch
1 = Parking
brake
applied
PHOTO 79
VIEW 44
Horn Relay Control
I {niti
Relay
"~1 Main
I Under-hood
| Fuse/Relay
i Box
» PHOTO 17
| VIEW 189
A11
ORN
13
ORN
ORN
B3 v
BRN
C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
3
LK/WHT
r
I
L
O701
VIEW 93
' | Cruise Control
| Set/Resume/
i Cancel Switch
PHOTO (56
VIF-W 101
"1 Cable
I Reel
| PHOTO 69
j VIEW 177
1 ?
ORN
"1 Steering
I Wheel
3 A
C402
PHOTO 51
VIEW 129
""1 Keyless
| Door Lock
i Control
Unit
PHOTO 54
VIEW 162
Horn |
Switch i
PHOTO 66
VIEW 5
Trunk Lid Position
r "| Gauge
I iT\ Trunk I Assembly
I 1 e I , I PHOTO 65
I r6* Indicator I VIEW 182
A12
_ J
[" "j Trunk
(T\ Lj9ht
I IJsJ I PHOTO 123
| y | VIEW 58
Security LED
Connector
PHOTO 59
VIEW 106
BLU/BLK
18 T C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171 BLU/BLK
BLU/BLK
3 $
BRN
. " 1 Trunk Lid
| o / 11 Latch
^ T Switch
law mmmm mMm mm . ~_ ,
1 = Trunk
open
"] Trunk Lid
I Opener
I Solenoid/Latch
Switch
I PHOTO 125
I VIEW 90
I
- Intermittent Wiper ———-
n~-"1 Windshield
| | Wiper Motor
} a PHOTO 9
^ ;^-J VIEW 115
5
BLU/WHT
f" 1 Intermittent
| j Wiper Relay
PHOTO 2
2?
BLU/WHT
C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
T Under-dash
| Fuse/Relay
Fuse 13 f PHOTO 46
BLU/ORN
4
BLU/ORN
B16
jj VIEW 188
I
C451
PHOTO 83
VIEW 160
S """""J Gauge
' a Assembly
! PHOTO 65
L.—» J VIEW 182
- Brake Fluid Level
B24 V
GRN/RED
1 Gauge
I Assembly
PHOTO 65
J VIEW 182
GRN-'RED
20 C303
PHOTO 51
GRN/RED I VIEW 165
GRN/RED
22
GRN/RED
Brake Fluid
Level Switch
1 = Low fluid
level
GRN/RED
9
r
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
(Not
used)
1 VSA Modulator-
| | Control Unit
PHOTO 7
VIEW 173
- F-CAN Communications Line
(High)
I 1 ECM
I
| PHOTO 60
i I
E11
VIEW 180 ! I
1 VSA Modulator-
Control Unit
PHOTO 7
11 *
L«_ J VIEW 173
11 V
RED
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
11 a
RED
RED
C302
PHOTO 43
VIEW 158
"~1 Steering
| Angle
i Sensor
r PHOTO 67
VIEW 114
C405
(Terminals 1 -6)
PHOTO 53
VIEW 142
6 A
r—n DLC I PHOTO 62
I VIFW ISA
I J
F-CAN Communications Line
(Low)
r*—I ECM
I I PHOTO 60
1 » VIEW 180
I I
E24' '
r—1 VSA Modulator- r~-l Steering
12
Control Unit
; ; PHOTO 7
L- 8 VIEW 173
15
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
10 &
I -J
2Y
C302
PHOTO 43
VIEW 158
14A
I I DLC
I I PHOTO 62
8 5 VIEW 154
| Angle
Sensor
PHOTO 67
VIEW 114
C405
(Terminals
7-12)
PHOTO 53
VIEW 142
- PGM-FI Main Relay 1 Control
ryi PGM-FI
| \ | Main
L JL J Relay 1
page
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
rTl Ignition Coil
| \ | Relay
LiJ page
PHOTO 49
VIEW 103
GRN
10 ^ C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
GRN
E7A
r—1 ECM
I I PHOTO 60
1 8 VIEW 180
Splice and June!
- Power Source for E
12 4 C403
" PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
4 * C101
PHOTO 58
VIEW 156
A3 A
YEL/BLK
A2
YEL/BLK
3 :
YEL/BLK
3
rri pgm-fi
I - \ | Main
LLJj Reiay 1
r; PHOTO 48
^ Ef VIEW 185
YEL/BLK
! ? Fuse 10 I Fuse 11 |
J Under-dash
j Fuse/Relay
I Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-11.
YEL/BLK
CI 05 YEL/BLK
PHOTO 34
VIEW 91
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
"1
I
- J
I i
L —J
CKP
Sensor
PHOTO 40
VIEW 74
3_
i i
CMP
Oc! loUl
PHOTO 35
VIEW 75
2,
r—11
24
2
I 1
2j,
I 1 3
I J
- C104
(Terminals 1-10)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
2,
r~i 4
Injectors
PHOTO 32
VIEW 39
PGM-FI
Main Relay 2
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
Reference Voltage for ECl
Sensors (VCC2)
1
I " I ECM
I Reference I photo 60
voltage view 1 so
A20*'
YEL/BLU
2
YEL/RED
7
YEL/RED
51
C102
PHOTO 56
VIEW 128
C304
PHOTO 47
VIEW 138
| I Output Shaft I I APP
! (Countershaft) f j Sensor
i Speed Sensor
PHOTO 41
VIEW 83
leference Voltage for ECM
lensors (VCC3)
r~:~ I ECM
I Reference I photo eo
I voltage ! view iso
E5
13 C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
1 _
r-~i FTP
| j Sensor
[ ; PHOTO 92
VIEW 79
C304
PHOTO 47
VIEW 138
1
r~"i APP
I j Sensor
PHOTO 6
VIEW 116
Power Source for ECU Sensors
rri A/F
|..:~:..\ I Sensor
JlJj Relay
0~*^ PHOTO 49
^ I VIEW 103
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
3
BLK
C101
PHOTO 56
VIEW 156
r 1 A/F Sensor
j J PHOTO 42
* « VIFW Qfi
16 $ C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
WHT 11
2i
r I EVAP Canister
j j Vent Shut
L i Valve
PHOTO 91
VIEW 32
Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal 2
r 1 Gauge
| I Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
BLU/WHT
8*
BLU/WHT
I I ECM
[ 1 PHOTO 60
s 1 VIEW 180
L_J
A18' "
C101
PHOTO 56
VIEW 156
2A
| [ Output Shaft
I Vehicle I (Countershaft)
I speed | Speed Sensor
| output
t.__-J
- VehicBs Speed Sensor Signal 1
f -j Gauge
| I Assembly
L_J
B8 ¥
VIEW 182
WHT/BLK
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
B2 .
I "1 EPS
I Control I I Unit
PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
WHT/
BLK
B6A
r 1 Convertible
j J Top Control Unit
PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
USA: Base;
Canada
WHT/BLK
10 C403
w PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
(Not
used)
- Service Cheek Signal
r™i ECM
I j PHOTO 6C
f ' VIEW 130
L« J
r~l SRS Unit
PHOTO 74
VIEW 186
j | PHOTO 74
I 1 EPS
j j Control
E29
A
B8
BRN
Unit
7^" PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
BRN
8 ? C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
T
20
•V C507
(Terminals 7-10)
PHOTO 129
VIEW 145
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
* 1 DLC
1 • j PHOTO 62
B 3 VIEW 154
Splice and Junction Connector
- Offboard Diagnosis Signal
r~"i ECM
PHOTO
VIEW 180
| j PHOTO 60
r 1 Gauge
I I Assembly
L.—J
E23' A11 Y
VIEW 182
r-"l VSA Modulator-
| j Control Unit
! PHOTO 7
L—-J VIEW 173
2
GRY
13 T C303
PHOTO 51
GRY VIEW165
GRY
r—"l SRS Unit
I I PHOTO 74
8 ' VIEW 186
A24' "
GRY or
BLU
GRY
6 ? C503
PHOTO 47
VIEW 130
GRY
3
GRY
RY I
7 A
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
I 1 DLC
I j PHOTO 62
1 5 VIEW 154
I J
GRY
I \ TPMS Control
| | Unit
PHOTO 128
1——-1 VIEW 167
Engine Start Switch Signal
T 1 Engine
| | Start
23 &
Switch
PHOTO 63
VIEW 112
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
r?l Starter
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
rTl ACC Cut
I $ | Relay
PHOTO 50
VIEW 174
"1 IG2
Relay
PHOTO 50
VIEW 174
Details
DLC Input/Output
B14
LT BLU
9
LT BLU
10
LT BLU
r~~i EPS
| | Control
I j Unit
PHOT019
VIEW 181
r 1 Immobilizer
I I Control Unit-
L.
3
LT BLU
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
Receiver
PHOTO 68
VIEW 133
1
r~1 DLC
I j PHOTO 62
- Clutch Pedal Position
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
| rTl Starter
LIJ Relav
I 3^ I ..
LT BLU
2 A
1 IG2
I Relay
r-TI ACC Cut
I ] I Relay
j PHOTO 50 LJ^J PHOTO 50
VltVV 1/4 3 Y
J \ LT BLU j
I T I Clutch Interlock
I, \ o 1 Switch
tJL — J 1 = Clutch pedal
pressed
Driver's Seat Belt Buckle
Switch
r 1 SRS Unit
| j PHOTO 74
1 1 VIEW 186
L—J
B11"
YEL or
BLU
C603
PHOTO 95
VIEW 139
RED
'" 1 Driver's Seat
| | Belt Buckle
I, «, J Switch
PHOTO 113
VIEW 85
r 1 Gauge
I | Assembly
PHOTO 65
L_ J VIEW 182
B4Y
21 ¥ C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
Ground for ECM Sensors (L@3
r 1 ECM
I 8 PHOTO 60
1 1 VIEW 180
§ I
E3V
GRN
GRN/WHT
11 : C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
5 A
r™1 DLC
I 1 PHOTO 62
VIEW 154
Secondary
H02S
Shield
page 23-5
feral
GRN/WHT
r 1 Immobilizer
| | Control Unit-
i j Receiver
PHOTO 68
1 @ VIEW 133
1 A
r"""1 imoes Unit
I I PHOTO 129
• VIEW 104
Ground for ECM Sensors (SG2)
BLK or GRY
~3 Secondary
I H02S
PHOTO 41
. J VIEW 102
1 t
GRN/YEL GRN/WHT
I I APP
8 $
GRN/YEL
Sensor
PHOTO 6
1 VIEW 116
C304
PHOTO 47
VIEW 138
C102
PHOTO 56
VIEW 128
r~n ECT
I J Sensor 1
PHOTO 37
-J VIEW 28
o Y
GRN/YEL
F™1 Output Shaft
| | (Countershaft)
d j Speed Sensor
3
GRN/YEL
PHOTO 41
VIEW 83
GRN/YEL
•1 ECM
I PHOTO 60
^fchbO! VIEW 180
i around 1
Splice and Junction Connector Details
- Ground for ECM Sensors (SG3) ^—
L I
1 FTP
| Sensor
PHOTO 92
VIEW 79
GRN
6 ?
GRN
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
r™i APP
j I Sensor
PHOTO 6 L.--..J VIEW 116
2
gRN
gRN
14
gRN
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
gRN
E4
j- ——-1 ECM
I ,,(SGJ) I PHOTOe
v^nsor VIEW 18(
j yroundj
I—1 I AT
1 I Sensor
PHOTO 33 L™J VIEW 36
2 v
gRN
I—~~1 ECT
| 1 Sensor 2
PHOTO 12
Lrr J VIEW 29
gRN
NOTE; See section 23 for inputs that affect ignition control
HOT IN ON
~* 1 Under-dash
! Fuse/Relay
| c Fuse 16 | Box
J ? V:iA i PHOTO 46
f 1°A I VIEW 188
BLK/YEL
:1
BLK/YEL
41
y] Ignition Coil
\ Relay
J PHOTO 49
3 w VIEW 103
GRN I
rl See PGM-FI Main
Relay 1 Control Circuit,
page 15-5.
GRN
10* C453
GRN
E7 A
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
Ignition coil control
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
BLK/YEL
~A15"
Ignition
Coil No. 1
PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
Ignition
Coil No. 2
PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
2T
BLK
WHT/BLU
V C104
(Terminals
11-15)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
Ignition
Coil No. 3
PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
1 Jl
I If M
2
BLK
Ignition
Coil No. 4
PHOTO 36
VIEW 81
See page 14
# G101
PHOTO 38
n
C2 r
Fuse 42
40A
See page 10-3
'1 ELD
I Unit
Fuse 41
100 A
Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
WHT
r
B1
WHT
HOT IN ON
See page 10-3
"1 Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
i Box
I PHOTO 46
J VIEW 188
1 Under-dash
j Fuse/Relay
L JL J Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
I
T1
PHOTO
18
BLK
ORN
B2
f Seepage « j
10^_ JJ
Ignition
Switch
0 = LOCK
1 =ACC
II =ON
1 Under-dash
| Fuse/Relay
L-i.J BOX
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
Engine
Start
Switch
0 =OFF
1 =START
PHOTO 63
VIEW 112
BLU/WHT
23 Y C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
See Engine Start
Switch Signal Circuit,
page 15-8.
BLU/WHT
| See page 14-5
j
G501
PHOTO 59
Battery L
BLK
3 ft
T6
Q_PJ1?I2 L. BLK/WHT
Coo 1 Auxiliary
:^ae I Under-hood
?n9 I Fuse Box
,U j PHOTO 4
(T^ — -3 VIEW 176 3 ft
PH0T03 BLK/WHT
r
L
BLK
C403
PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
C101
PHOTO 56
VIEW 156
See page 14-7,
Starter
Solenoid
1 = PuiMn
coil
2 = Hold-in
coil
PHOTO 31
VIEW 10
Starter
PHOTO 31
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
r
L
BLK
G1
— PHOTO 21
Clutch Interlock
Switch
1 = Clutch pedal
pressed
PHOTO 45
VIEW 19
See page 14-3.
G401
PHOTO 53
Charging System
HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
T1
PHOTO 18
BLK
~ ——i Main r"
•• -— ~~ -i I Under"h00d I 1 FuseB
See page 10, | Fus^/Re.ay ,
Fuse 25
1 5A
See page 10.
I Fuse 41
100A
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
l_
BLK
Battery
i
i
See page 14-7^ |
I:
! # G1
PHOTO 21
BLK/YEL
1 A
12 $ C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
ELD
Unit
PHOTO ta I
VIEW 77 j
See page 10.
i ! I
Rectifier
T101
PHOTO 18
See page
14-1.
J
G201
PHOTO 23
Alternator
control
signal
14 ft C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
E15
ELD unit
input *
Alternator \
T102
PHOTO 27 2 A
FR signal J
B13
4 1 1
I "I Under-dash
t Fuses I Fuse/Relay
' ... 1 box
/ hA | PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
-J
J Gauges
and
Indicators
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
Gauges and
Indicators
Driving Circuit
Charging J
System
Indicator
CPU 1
:::i::;;:i±
Filter
B26
See page"! YEL
10-6. j
E13 A
A17
BLK
r
( MIL control j ™w?80°
\
1
I
B10
Alternator
L signal
(AL rt i
See page
14-5
n
J
WHT/BLU
G501
PHOTO 59
Voltage Regulator
Field Winding
Alternator
PHOTO 27
VIEW 98
22-1
Fuel and Emissions
- ECM Power and Ground
A2
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
rT
~> Main
Fuse 46 I Under-hood
15A j Fuse/Relay "7
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
A17
WHT/GRN
11 4 C201
1 PHOTO 83
WHT/GRN ! VIEW 157
I Y
j See page 10-11
BLK/YEL
r
L_
WHT/GRN
1 I
WHT/GRN
4 X
2
YEL/BLK
See Power Source
for ECM Circuit,
page 15-6.
A3
C104
(Terminals 1-10)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
GRN
E7
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
See PGM-FI
Main Relay 1 I
Control Circuit, I
page 15-5. .
BLK/YEL
E9 A
Fuse 2
15A R— —
See page "I
10-11. ,
"T Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
See page 10-11.
(1GP2)
Power
input
Ground
(LG2)
(IGP1)
Power
input
Ground
(LG1)
(MHl.Y)
Relay
control
Ground
(PG1)
(101)
Power
input
A8
BRN/YEL
A9
BRN/YEL
BRN/YEL
r
L_
BRN/YEL
VC104
(Terminals 16-20)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
BRN/YEL
See page 14.
- DLC and MEL Circuits
HOT AT ALL TIMES
See DLC
Input/Output Circuit,
page 15-8.
_J
r___. 1 Main
I i Fuse 48 1 Under-hood
| 2 ISA I Fuse/Relay
• X - iD/w
A17
1 A
WHT/GRN
r
L
WHT/GRN
16 A
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
r ~ ~ 1 ECM
| Write | PHOTO eo
enable VIEW 180
i signal
I (WEN) !
I
E30 Y GRN/WHT
See page 10-11
GRN/WHT
12
4 £ C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
DIAG-H Power for PGM tester
(B-h 4 amps max)
WEN
Ground for
PGM tester t c ,3
K line for off-board
communication SOS CANH CANL.
DLC
PHOTO 62
VIEW 154
4
BLK
r
L
BLK
GRN/WHT
1 r
See page ' ,
14-3. J
GRNAA/HT
E3 A
GRY
See Ground for"' ^~
ECM Sensors I I
(LG3) Circuit, I I
page 15-9. j ^
GRY
E23 A
See Offboard
Diagnosis
Signal Circuit,
page 15-8. CLG3)
I Logic
| ground
G401 L„„
PHOTO 53
(KOINE)
Off-board
communications
BRN
i r
j U
BRN
(SCS)
Service
check input
See Service
Check Signal
Circuit,
* 15-7.
6
RED
~i n
RED
E11 A
14
WHT
See F-CAN ~1 T
Communications . .
Line (High)
Circuit, ' '
page 15-5. ^
WHT
E24
See F-CAN ~1
Communications «
Line (Low)
Circuit, '
page 15-5. ^
(CANH)
F-CAN
Communications
Line High
(CANL)
F CAN
Communications
Line Low
1 ECM
I PHOTO 60
• VIEW 180
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
1
I Y
WHT/RED
r
L_
WHT/RED
A10 .
i
Fuse 25
7.5A
See page 10-8.^
Gauges
and
Indicators
T
YEL
r
i_
YEL
A9,
Fuse 5
5A
"*1 Under-dash
J Fuse/Relay
j Box
l PHOT046
| VIEW 188
See page 10-5
©
MIL
indicator
5S]
Gauges and
Indicators
T Gauge
Driving Circuit
Filter
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
A17
BLK
r
I MIL
| control |
See page 14-5, 1
#G501
PHOTO 59
Fuel and Emissions
- PGM-FI System
HOT AT ALL TIMES
r_— n Main
1 I Fuse4i I Under-hood
| > 5A | Fuse/Relay
1 « PHOTO 17
A17
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
11 * C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
1 A
'I
WHT/GRN
'"see page 10-11.
2
YEL/BLK
See Power Source
for ECM Circuit,
page 15-6.
r
i—I
GRN
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
See PGM-FI
Main Relay 1 I
Control Circuit, I
page 15-5. J
YEL/BLK
2 X
B5A
(INJI)
YEL/BLK
2 X
(JNJ2I
2 JL
YEL/BLK
V V
To page 23-3.
I
THj 4 Injectors
PHOTO 32
VIEW 39
J33JL_ B2
(IN 14)
Injector control
£C104
• (Terminals
YEL/BLK i 1"10)
4
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
See Power
Source for ECM
Circuit,
page 15-6.
~1
(MRI.Y) ECM
PHOTO 60
Relay J VIEW 180
control |
; M~-:ZI~I~Z: J
HOT IN ON
| Reference
voltage
Sensor
input
(MAP)
"1 ECM
I PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
I j \ under-dash
I J Fuse© I Fuse/Relay
I > ,5A | Box
A21
T
A30
YEL/RED
BLK/YEL
r
i_
BLK/YEL
See
page 10.
1 A
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-6. ~1
ELD Unit
PHOTO 18
VIEW 77
~t Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
See
^ page 10.
GRN/WHT
GRN/RED
See page 14-lTJ
(SG1)
Sensor
ground
G201
~=" PHOTO 23
GRN/RED
E15 JL
14 Y C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
Barometer
Sensor
Sensor
input
_£CT2}_
E1
BLU
Sensor
input
11
{Win
RED/WHT
Sensor
input
mc)
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
ECT
Sensor 2
PHOTO 12
VIEW 29
A18
BLU/WHT
r~See Vehicle
I Speed Sensor
Signal 2
' Circuit,
i page 15-7.
2
GRN/YEL
ECT
Sensor 1
PHOTO 37
VIEW 28
BLU/WHT
2 A
Reference
voltage
(VCG2)
A20'
YEL/BLU
r
L
YEL/BLU
Sensor
input
<CKP)
A7" "
BLU
3
GRN/YEL
GRN/YEL
See Ground for
ECM Sensors
(SG3) Circuit,
page 15-10.
n
GRN/YEL
A23 X
See Ground for
ECM Sensors
(SG2) Circuit,
page 15-9.
Output Shaft
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor
PHOTO 41
VIEW 83
n
See Reference^
Voltage for
ECM Sensors
(VCC2) Circuit
page 15-6.
J
, (SG3)
I Sensor
j ground
(SG2)
Sensor
ground
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
I
C104
(Terminals 16-20)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
( | See page 14.^
G101
PHOTO 38
BRN/YEL
G101
PHOTO 38
(cont'd)
Fuel and Emissions
- PGM-FI System (cont'd) -
BRN/YEL
BRN/YEL
Sensor
input
Sensor
ground
(SG3)
Immobilizer
code Input
(IMOCO)
E27
RED/BLU
8 <
RED/BLU
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
See Ground for^
ECM Sensors I
(SG3) Circuit, I
page 15-10. ^
'1 ECM
| PHOTO 60
| VIEW 180
I
I
RED/BLU
"1 Immobilizer
| Control
a Unit-Receiver
PHOTO 68
VIEW 133
2A
r 1 Imoes
| 1 Unit
PHOTO 129
L —VIEW 104
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON HOT IN ON
T
I ;
A17'
WHT/GRN
11 A C201
WHT/GRN
Fuse 48
1bA
*~i Main
I Under-hood
j Fuse/Relay
i Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
WHT/GRN
1 A
WHT/GRN
A
GRN
GRN
10
GRN
E7 A
2
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
See page 10-11 1
| I fsee page 1 | Box
I T • in. 44 «
1 Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
10-11.
YEL/BLU
4
Fuse 10
7 5A
PHOT046
| I VIEW 188
I
I
Fuse 15
15A
See
page
10-11.
ORN
ORN
f (MRLY)
Relay
I " control
E8JL
2
WHT
See Power Source for
ECM Sensors Circuit,
page 15-7.
3
BLK
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
7
V
5A
BLK/YEL
r
L
r —— i
I Sensor |
j input • • i
(AFS4)
A31 ' "
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
A/F
Sensor
Relay
PHOTO 49
VIEW 103
RED
BLU
BLK
4
GRN
A10A
r
M
WHT
2
RED/YEL
A28 X
4
WHT
°1 Under-dash
| Fuse/Relay
Box
» PHOTO 46
| VIEW 188
See page 10-6 1
J
{ input
(SHC2S)
Sensor I PHOTO eo
ground
(LG3)
VIEW 180
E20 E3
r
L_
GRNA/VHT
See Ground for
ECM Sensors
(LG3) Circuit,
page 15-9. J
5# C102
PHOTO 56
VIEW 128 WHT
2
GRY or BLK
BRN/YEL
See page 14
G101
PHOTO 38
"1
LJ
WHT
A/F
Sensor
PHOTO 42
VIEW 95
E21 X
BLK or GRY
u
GRN/YEL
r
C102 I
PHOTO 56 I
VIEW 128 L-
GRN/YEL
A23i
Secondary
H02S
PHOTO 41
VIEW 102
See Ground for^
ECM Sensors I
(SG2) Circuit, I
page 15-9. ,
fAFSHTCR)
Relay
control
(AFSHK.;)
Heater
control
lAFS-)
Sensor
ground
1'-MI ^ssnc.)
Heater
control
(SG2)
Sensor
ground
"1 ECM
I PHOTO 60
J VIEW 180
Fuel and Emissions
- ETCS (Electronic Throti© Control
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
A17
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
Fuse 46
15A
*T Main
I Under-hood
j Fuse/Relay
Box
I PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
11 4 C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
m -
,1
WHT/GRN
1
3
GRN
2
YEL/BLK
r
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
| Seepage 10-11.
See PGM-FI
Main Relay 1
Control Circuit
page 15-5
GRN
E7
(MRLY)
Relay
control Throttle actuator
control signal
B19
GRN
11
GRN
6 A
Signal input
iseop)
B20
BLU
1
BLU
14
~] Under-dash
Fuse 1-4 I Fuse/Relay
1 Box
1 PHOTO 46
S VIEW 188
Throttle Actuator
Control Module
Relay
PHOTO 52
VIEW 187
BRN
D15 _
™ — ~«—~-! ECM
fr irSRL.Y) j PHOTO 60
Relay control VIEW 18
C103
PHOTO 56
VIEW 146
2 A
SEFD
PG2
7
BLK
7
BLK
GRN
GRN
See page 14.
j
11
BLU
12
RED/BLU
THL2 IHLF
_
RED/BLK
4 A
I
_ G101
- PHOTO 38
DBW M+
1
BLU
13
8
GRN
Throttle
Actuator
Control
Module
PHOTO 81
VIEW 155
C103
PHOTO 56
VIEW 146
TP
Sensor/
Throttle
Actuator
PHOTO 27
VIEW 123
1 ECM
1 PHOTO 6C
Reference • Sensor Sensor' Sensor Reference Sens* j VIEW 180
voltage ground . : input input voltage ground |
(VCC3) (SG3) (APSB) (APSA) (VCC2) (S62) 1
E5
YEL/BLU
YEL/BLU
E4
GRN
r
See Reference
Voltage for
ECM Sensors
(VCC3) Circuit,
page 15-6.
A25
RED/YEL
See Ground for
ECM Sensors
(SG3) Circuit,
page 15-10.
A26
RED/BLU
A20
YEL/BLU
A23
GRN/YEL
See Reference ~~l ^~ I
Voltage for ECM
Sensors (VCC2)
Circuit,
See Ground for^
ECM Sensors I
(SG2) Circuit, I
page 15-9.
APP
Sensor
PHOTO 6
VIEW 116
Fuel and Emissions
- Idle Control System
HOT AT ALL TIMES
rjl A/C Compressor
| \ | Clutch Relay
LIJ
3N
D11
13 «
B5
r
WHT/GRN
fuse 47
15A
r " """"1
See page 10-2.
L_ _ .J
"1 Main
j Under-hood
j Fuse/Relay
Box
1 PHOTO 17
2 VIEW 189
See page 10-2,
J
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
r_ 1 Bf.ake peda|
l o / 11 Position Switch
I
3 '
WHT/BLK
E18 E22
1 = Brake pedal
pressed
PHOTO 45
VIEW 99
See Brake Pedal
Position Circuit,
page 15-2.
(ACC)
Relay
control
(BKSW)
Switch
input
"1 ECM
| PHOTO 60
I VIEW 180
A/C ON
request input
(ACS)
Alternator
Alternator control Alternator
FR signal signal L signal
(ALTF) (ALTC) (ALTL)
E28 B13
15 8
USA: Base,
CR Audio -
A/C; Canada
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
21
B18
2
r
1 A/C
I Pressure
Switch
J PHOTO 25
VIEW 12
ir
B10
EPS Load
Detect
(EPSLD)
5 v
' C L
WHT/BLU C1Q1
I PHOTO 56
7 S VIEW 156
(Not
used)
. ! Alternator
1 PHOTO 27
n Voltage jVIEW98
Regulator j
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
B13i
r——n EPS
I (PS siG) i E;ro+ .
Power Control
I steering I Unit
signal I
PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
Fuel Supply System
HOT AT ALL TIMES
"T~ ~] Main
! S Fuse 46 j Under-hood
l .
A17
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
11 $ C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
• WHT/GRN
GRN
GRN
10?
E7i
See page 10-11
_J
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
r iMiii.)
' Relay
I ronHoS
WHT/GRN
1
A
Li
GRN/YEL
E17Jt
WHT/GRN
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
See page 10-11.
7? C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
ill\'.Oi i H;
; i•!(•;!
pump
{•i^iiro!
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
T~ 1 Under-dash
7 Fuse 2 I Fuse/Relay
5A I Box
j pHOTO 46
| VIEW 188
1 A
See page 10-11
J
A
YEL/GRN
11 Y
51
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 2
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
:
4 *
r
• ?n it.)
"*J Fuel
I Tank Unit
| PHOTO 124
| VIEW 113
!
See page 14-6
G601
PHOTO 117
J
Fuel and Emissions
- EVAP System —
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON HOT IN ON
T Fuse 46
LLr_„
A17Y """*•"*"""*"
WHT/GRN j
11 4 C201
PHOTO 83
""j Main
I Under-hood
I Fuse/Relay
Box
_j PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
]
i r use
WHT/GRN VIEW 157
\
GRN
E7
2
YEL/BLK
r
L_
YEL/BLK
WHT/GRN
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
BLK/YEL I
-I
^~ See page 10-6."^
I I
See page 10-11.
r
See PGM-FH
Main Relay 1 .
Control
Circuit, '
page 15-5. j
]0 :]
Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
Box
; PHOTO 46
1 VIEW 188
Fuse 10
L.
YEL/'BLU
See Power
Source for ECM
Sensors Circuit,
page 15-7.
J
EVAP
Canister
Vent Shut
Valve
PHOTO 91
VIEW 32
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
1
2 %'
RED/YEL
14
YEL/BLU
B21 ^
EVAP Canister
Purge Valve
PHOTO 8
VIEW 31
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
C101
PHOTO 56
VIEW 156
Relay
control
E5
YEL-'BLU
Valve
control
U'l S)
Valve ECM
\ PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
i
T
2
LT GRN
22 <
LT GRN
E14 A
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
GRN
E4i
See Reference Voltage for
ECM Sensors (VCC3) Circuit,
page 15-6.
FTP
Sensor
PHOTO 92
VIEW 79
See Ground for ECM
Sensors (SG3) Circuit
page 15-10.
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
I Q_;
! L f
VTEC System
Switch
input
(VTPSW)
B11 " "
1 A
Rocker Arm Oil
Pressure Switch
(VTEC Oil
Pressure Switch)
PHOTO 39
VIEW 48
See page 14.
BRN/YEL
G101
PHOTO 38
V^ive
""I ECM
j PHOTO 60
I VIEW 180
GRN/WHT
Rocker Arm Oil
Control Solenoid
(VTEC Solenoid
Valve)
PHOTO 39
VIEW 9
HOT AT ALL TIMES
See
and Console
Lights
1 Under-dash
Dash I S Fuse 6 I Fuse/Relay
2 A
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
6
15A I Box
1 PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
* Fuse 47
See page 10-6
0 /
Control
Main
Switch
L.'.yi it
3
RED
4
See Dash
and Console
Lights
1
Cruise
Control
Main
Switch
0 = Off
1 =On
PHOTO 63
VIEW 119
B5
5
BLK
r
L_
BLK
See page 14-5, 1 r
See page 10-2.
"l Main
I Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
j Box
I PHOTO 17
| VIEW 189
I
I
FT! Horn
| j j Relay
3 '*
. —, . — . _ _ J
See Horn Relay
Control Circuit,
page 15-3.
| See page 10-2,
G501
M- PHOTO 59
LT GRN
D4
LT GRN
5
LT GRN
1
WHT/GRN
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
Cable
Reel
PHOTO 69
VIEW 177
BLK/WHT or BRN
3
Set
Mwiich
BRN
3 £ C701
PHOK»t>i>
VIEW 93
Cancel
Switch
BLK/RED or RED
*4
2
GRY
f: u iif;e in our
ON
GRY
D8 ,
U^'SWNn
3
WHT/BLK
-4—
Resume
Switch
Cruise
Control
Set/
fiesume/
Cancel
Switch
f'HUFOGu
VIEW 10!
2 Y
Brake Pedal j
Position ((d))
Switch I
1 = Brake L-
pedal RED
pressed B2
PHOTO 45 LT GRN/
VIEW 99 RED
C701
PHOlOttt
VI tW 4)
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
L
WHT/BLK
• E22 A
J See Brake
Pedal Position
Circuit,
page 15-2.
4 A
LT GRN/RED
BLU
B1
LT GRN/BLK
9
LT GRN/BLK
D7
~H Cable
\) S Reel
/j i PHOTO 69
I VIEW 177
Horn J
Switch I
PHOTO 66 J
VIEW 5 j
I
J
Steering
Wheel
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
Brake pedal position
switch iruHK
(CCRESSW)
Resume sw
input
j
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
T ^ "*] Under-dash
* Fuse 5 I Fuse/Relay
| Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
^ Gauge
1 Assembly
" PHOTO 65
I VIEW 182
J
E13
BLU/WHT 1
8 a C101
S PHOTO 56
BLU/WHT I VIEW 156
BLU/WHT
A18 ,
Cruise indicator
Clutch
(CCCLbW)
PNK
6 f C453
1 PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
(M.-.l
Speed
1 ECM
I PHOTO 60
| VIEW 180
yirni' Xl
A23
PNK
2
1
BLK
BLK
n
Clutch Pedal
Position Switch
1 = Clutch pedal L
pressed
PHOTO 45
VIEW 20 GRN/YEL
3 i
See page 14-3. ~1
A20 "
2)
See Ground for
ECM Sensors
(SG2) Circuit
r
page 15-9
_ J
YEL/BLU
1 A
See Reference ^
Voltage for ECM ,
Sensors (VCC2)
Circuit, '
page 15-6.
BLU/WHT
2
r See page 14-5.
•
J
Output Shaft
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor
PHOTO 41
VIEW 83
G401
PHOTO 53
jst G501
~ PHOTO 59
(cont'd)
- (cont'd)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
T
A17
WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
Fuse 46
15A
"1 Main Under-hood
Fuse/Relay Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
11 £ C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
WHT/GRN
m -
I
WHT/GRN
1 A
WHT/GRN
3
GRN
r
u
GRN
E7 X
(MRLY)
Relay
control
2
YEL/BLK
r
See PGM-FI
Main Relay 1
Control Circuit,
page 15-5
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
See page 10-11.
Throttle actuator
control signal
(SEFD)
l Under-dash
Fuse 14 I Fuse/Relay
Box
* PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
Throttle Actuator
Control Module
Relay
Signal input
(SEDF)
B20
BLU
1
BLU
14 A
(ETCSRLY) I PH*OTO 60
Relay control VIEWI80
C103
PHOTO 56
VIEW 146
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
1
SEFD
7
BLK
9
GRN
5 X
11
BLU
3 <*• <k
12
RED/BLU
THL2 T HI. 1
10 ' "
RED/BLK
4 X
1
BLU
13
Throttle
Actuator
Control
Module
PHOTO 81
VIEW 155
C103
PHOTO 56
VIEW 146
BLK
See page 14.
G101
- PHOTO 38
TP
Sensor/
Throttle
Actuator
PHOTO 27
VIEW 123
I Reference.
voltage
(VCG3)
Sensor
ground
(SG3)
Sensor
Input
(APSB)
Sensor
input
(APSA)
Reference
voltage
(VCC2)
Sensor
ground
(SG2)
"1 ECM
1 PHOTO 60
| VIEW 180
E4
GRN
r
L
See Reference^
Voltage for .
ECM Sensors
(VCC3) Circuit, 1
page 15-6. j
GRN
2
A25
RED/YEL
See Ground for
ECM Sensors
(SG3) Circuit,
page 15-10.
n
j
4
RED/YEL
RED/YEL
3A
A26
3
RED/BLU
A20
r
2
YEL/RED
YEL/RED
51
A23 '
GRN/YEL
See Reference ~~I
Voltage for ECM { I
Sensors (VCC2) I
Circuit, ' ,
page 15-6. L-
GRN/YEL
See Ground fop
ECM Sensors I
(SG2) Circuit, I
61
page 15-9.
C102
PHOTO 56
VIEW 128
C304
PHOTO 47
VIEW 138
J
APP
Sensor
PHOTO 6
VIEW 116
Cruise Control
- How the Circuit Works
A throttle actuator control motor, located on the
side of the throttle housing, is used to open and
close the throttle plate for routine driving and
cruise conditions.
Power Supply
With the ignition switch in the ON (11) position,
battery voltage is applied through fuse 6 (in the
under-dash fuse/relay box) to the cruise control
main switch and to the ECM. Battery voltage is
also applied through fuses 5 and 25 (in the
under-dash fuse/relay box) to the gauge assembly.
Fuse 14 (in the under-dash fuse/relay box) is hot in
on and supplies battery voltage to the throttle
actuator control module when the throttle actuator
module relay is closed.
Fuse 47 (in the main under-hood fuse/relay box) is
hot at all times and supplies battery voltage to the
ECM when the brake pedal position switch is
closed (brake pedal pressed).
or by turning the main switch off.
If the system is disengaged temporarily by the
brake pedal position switch or the clutch pedal
position switch, and the vehicle's speed is still
above 25 mph (40 KmH), pressing the
RES/ACCEL switch will return the vehicle to the
previously set speed automatically.
For gradual acceleration without pressing the
accelerator pedal, push the RES/ACCEL switch
and hold it. To increase the speed in very small
amounts, tap the RES/ACCEL switch one time for
each one mph (KmH) of increase.
To slow the vehicle, push the DECEL/SET switch
in and hold it. To decrease the speed in very small
amounts, tap the RES/ACCEL switch one time for
each one mph (KmH) of decrease.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 4, Engine
Electrical) for specific tests or troubleshooting
procedures.
System Description
The gauge assembly receives information signals
about operating conditions from the main switch
and from the set switch, cancel switch, and the
resume switch in the steering wheel.
The control unit compares the actual speed of the
vehicle to the selected speed, and then opens or
closes the throttle as necessary to match the
selected speed.
The brake pedal position switch releases the
system's control of the throttle at the instant the
brake pedal is pressed. The switch sends a signal
to the ECM by applying power to the ECM on one
circuit and removing power from the ECM on
another circuit. The control unit responds by
allowing the throttle to close.
The clutch pedal position switch sends a
"disengage" signal that allows the throttle to close
(cruise deactivated) when the clutch pedal is
pressed.
The throttle actuator control module sends signals
to the TP sensor/throttle actuator, which regulates
the throttle position to maintain the selected speed.
When you push the DECEL/SET switch to set the
cruise, the CRUISE CONTROL indicator on the
gauge assembly lights up. You can cancel the
cruise control system by pushing the cancel switch
VSA
HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
15A
*T Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
J Box
"1 » Main
f Fuse 47 1 Under-hood
1
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
B5'
WHT/GRN
r
L_
WHT/GRN
4
r
15A | Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
See page 10-2
J
BLK/YEL
9 T C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
5 X
i
*f—I Brake Pedal
I Q / , I Position Switch
LilJ 1= Brake pedal
pressed
PHOTO 45
VIEW 99
3
WHT/BLK
L_
See page 10-6
_J
0G1)
Ignition
input
(GND) (CAN f H) (CAN I L)
Steering
Angle
Sensor
PHOTO 67
VIEW 114
41
4
RED
- G401
(See page
14-3.)
PHOTO 53
BLK/YEL f~l ~~~ ~|
• See page 10-6.
I L_ _J
2 Y
WHT
I (CAN i I)
WHT
«";AN i h)
—£—
RED
L
WHT/BLK
1 DLC f* (BKSW)
I PHOTO 62 I owitch
lv,EW154 I input
Licmi u
WHT
12
WHT
See Brake Pedal Position ~~I
Circuit, page 15-2.
j
(CAN 1 H)
RED
11 x
ECM
1 PHOTO 60
| VIEW 180
I
RED
RED
11 ^
RED
11 X
10
WHT
C405
(Terminals 7-12)
C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
PHOTO 53
VIEW 142
C302
PHOTO 43
VIEW 158
C405
(Terminals 1-6)
PHOTO 53
VIEW 142
Ground
(GND-V)
Ground
(GND-P)
(CAN 1 H)
Communication
Power source circuit
(CLST-iG) (CAN2 H)
Communication
circuit
(CAN2 I.)
Cluster
ground
(CIST-GND)
DLC input/
output
(K-LINE)
VSA
I Modulator-
Control Unit
PHOTO 7
I VIEW 173
16 47 Y 6
GRN/WHT
29
WHT
7 A C303 2 &_
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
GRN/WHT
12 A
GRN/WHT
1 J
^SeeOffboard ^
I Diagnosis I
I Signal Circuit, I
^page 15-8. ^
-§- G303
PHOTO 1
Kj2el°! 1 ?HOT0 62
off-board VIEW 154
communication |
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse 48
30A
» See page
+ , 10-2.
Fuse SO
30A
"] Main
I Under-hood
l Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
I VIEW 189
A6
WHT/RED
B1
WHT/BLU
32 A
HBP)
Power
input
1JL
C203
PHOTO 82
VIEW 137
C302
PHOTO 43
VIEW 158
(tBV)
Power
Input
Speed sensor inputs
1 VSA
| Modulator-
Control Unit
PHOTO 7
VIEW 173
(FL-GND) (F L +B) <FH GND> (FR i (HI GNU) (RL +B)
46
BRN/WHT
2
WHT
45
BLU/ORN
1
RED
33
BLU
16A
BLU
Y
Left Front
Wheel
Speed
Sensor
PHOTO 10
VIEW 63
34
4A
GRN/BLK
37
14
GRY/RED
C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
4 Y
2 ?F
WHT
Right Front
Wheel
Speed
Sensor
PHOTO 22
VIEW 65
36
15 A
YEL/RED
1
RED
(PR GND) Hill -IM
42 43
GRNA/VHT
12 A 13 A
2
WHT
¥
Left Rear
Wheel
Speed
Sensor
PHOTO 118
VIEW 64
1
RED
C302
PHOTO 43
VIEW 158
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
j
Right Rear
Wheel
Speed
Sensor
PHOTO 118
VIEW 66
(cont'd)
VSA
- (cont'd)
HOT IN ON
L L __J
YEL
A9
j Under-dash
Fuse 5 ! Fuse/Relay
7 5A I Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 1O-5TJ
i
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
CPU
B23"
17 V
r
4 <f%
BLK
B24
GRN/RED
r C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
See Parking
Brake Position
Circuit,
page 15-2.
GRN/RED
GRN/RED
2
Brake
System
Indicator
[BRAKE]
VSA Activation
indicator
(USA)
(Canada)
Driving Circuit
VSA
Indicator
iVSAl
VSA Indicator Circuit
ABS
Indicator
ASS indicator Circuit
B25
PNK
See Brake Fluid
Level Circuit,
page 15-4.
5 Y
PNK
13 X
B11
GRN
16
GRN
35 X
A18 *
BLK
r
L
BLK
B14
PNK/BLK
See page
14-5.
G501
PHOTO 59
15~
PNK/BLK
17
B20
BLU/RED
18
BLU/RED
44 A
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
J (WLEBD) (ACT)
I Indicator control Indicator control
I Switch input
9
GRN/RED
(ACT)
indicator control
VSA switch input
(VSA OFF) 27
WHT
Dash and
Console
Lights
RED/BLK
2 I
17 T
WHT
1 .
Indicator I Modulator-
control | Control
| Unit
! PHOTO 7
VIEW 173
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
V.
Parking
Brake Switch
1 = Park
brake
applied
1
BLK
r
L_
BLK
Brake Fluid
Level Switch
1 = Low fluid
level
PHOTO 5
VIEW 18
See page 14-2,
G301
- PHOTO 10
RED | BLK l
Dash and
Console
Lights
VSA Off
Switch
0 = Off
1 =On
PHOTO 64
VIEW 125
G501
(See page 14-5.)
Horns
HOT AT ALL TIMES
fpuse 47
| 15A
4i
* ^ See page 10-2.
Horn
Relay
A11 Y A8
L_
See Horn Relay^
Control Circuit, |
page 15-3.
"1 Cable
i Reel
BL K/WH T
or BRN
*1 Cruise
Control
j Set/Resume/
Cancel
Switch
PHOTO 66
VIEW 101
Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
A9
Low
Horn
PHOTO 25
VIEW 4 HI
High
Horn
PHOTO 22
VIEW 3
EPS
HOT AT ALL TIMES
j f Fuse
YEL
r
1 Under-dash
i Fuse/Relay
I Box
•) PHOTO 46
• VIEW 188
[" I' "j Auxiliary
I J Fuse 33 I Under-hood
r ' /<)A i Fuse Box
PHOTO 4
VIEW 176
See page 10-5.
YEL 2 if C351
PHOTO 1
VIEW 69
A9 li
6 f
YEL
B1 A
j-> Gauges and Indicators
EPS
B21
Indicator
YEL/BLU
B12
I Driving Circuit j
B8 '
V'i-ITBLK
r
"1 Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
VY C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164 L
WHT/BLK
B2 <
See Vehicle
Speed Sensor
Signal 1 Circuit,
page 15-7.
EPS
Torque
Sensor
PHOTO 11
VIEW 78
B5
BLU
EPS
Gearbox
C204
BLU/BLK
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
BLU
19
BLU
Test"
Tachometer
Connector
PHOTO 1
VIEW 56
See page 14-7 ~1
J
B3
VC507
(Terrminals
1-4)
PHOTO 129
VIEW 145
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
L
BRN
3
L
See Service "I
Check j
Signal
Circuit, 1
page 15-7. j
LT BLU
1
Input/
Output
Circuit,
page 15-8.
3 T C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
BLK
E16
Engine
S( >:••=<:•;]
output
i!:i,:i> •)
load
detect
I
ECM
j PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
I
"] DLC
j PHOTO 62
| VIEW 154
r
-Mr G4
PHOTO 26
1 SR —"
j 1:2™ J
"""j Gauge
I Assembly
I] PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
r
L_
See
page
14-4.
See"1
page I
See
page
14-7.
G402 -§
PHOTO 84
G201 # G351
PHOTO 23 PHOTO 20
SRS
HOT IN ON HOT IN ON
•r Si-::-- o-AC;«
I Fusel « 10-11
r\A I
A1
BLU or
PNK
A18 A
• (> Fuse 5
J 1 7 5A
7 Fuse 2 10 11
YEL
r
L
YEL
A1
"""j Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
l Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-5. 1
! (
Gauges and
Indicators
SRS Indicator Circuit
A18 %
BLK
r
L
BLK
' SRS
in?;i';:iiof
Indicators
See page 14-5. ~1
J
G501
PHOTO 59
B19
PNK
PNK
or
BLU
All
B5
BLK/
YEL
BLK/YEL
or BLU
A21
A2
BLU or
BLK/YEL
~T Gauge
I Assembly
| PHOTO 65
1 VIEW 182
C503
PHOTO 47
VIEW 130
A17JL
BLK/YEL
r1
BLK/YEL
1
See page 10-11 1
1 ighl
Switch
illumination
Passenger's
Airbag
Cut-off
Indicator
PHOTO 71
VIEW 105
4
BLU
3
RED/BLK
2
RED
C503
PHOTO 47
VIEW 130
See Dash and
Console Lights
(VB)
:g«:Kio<i
input
(IDG)
control
(VA)
lgn:-ion
input
chc-K.k u%n\i
(SCSI
A WARNING
A6
BRN or
BLU
To avoid accidental deployment and
possible injury, always disconnect
the driver's airbag and front
passenger's airbag connectors
(which automatically shorts them)
before working near any SRS wiring.
CAUTION: Whenever the ignition
switch is ON (II), OR has been
turned OFF for less than three
minutes, be careful not to bump the
SRS unit; the airbags could
accidentally deploy and cause
damage OR injuries.
r
L
BRN
DLC
input/output
(K-LINE)
A24
GRY or
BLU
A12 A
(PFT)
indicator ooni'ro!
MES
connector
input
(MES)
1 SRS
1 Unit
I PHOTO 74
i VIEW 186
I around
'GNDAi
See Service ^
Check Signal I
Circuit, page I
15-7. j
r
i_
GRY
9 A
A5 '
LT GRN/BLK or
BLU
A22
GRN or
BLK or
BLU
See Offboard ^
Diagnosis I
Signal Circuit, I
page 15-8. ^
1 w,
MES
Connector
PHOTO46
VIEW 41
7 A
DLC
PHOTO 62
VIEW 154
See page^
14-5 ,
A23
GRN or
BLK or
BLU
# G501
PHOTO 59
~# G801
PHOTO 75
2
BRN RED or BRN
A15Jk
(SDV)
Left Front
Impact
Sensor
PHOTO 13
VIEW 37
C305
PHOTO 47
VIEW 110
LT BLU or
BLU
2A
LT BLU or
BLU
T
GRN or
BLU
31
GRN or
BLU
Right Front
Impact
Sensor
PHOTO 13
VIEW 38
C205
PHOTO 81
VIEW 109
"1 SRS
Unit
PHOTO 74
VIEW 186
YEL
2A
RED
See Driver's I
Seat Belt .
Buckle Switch
Circuit, '
page 15-9. |
LT GRN
3 A
GRN
1 \ ~ • 2
v -
BLK
I w
BLU
2
Driver's Seat
Belt Buckle
Switch
1 = Seat belt
unbuckled
2 = Seat belt
buckled
PHOTO 113
VIEW 85
ORN
3
1 v ^ 2 1 V
GRN
See page 14-6
G601
PHOTO 117
L_
See page 14-6
Passenger's
Seat Belt
Buckle Switch
1 = Seat belt
unbuckled
2 = Seat belt
buckled
PHOTO 114
VIEW 86
~1
_ G601
~ PHOTO 117
(cont'd)
SRS
- (cont'd)
Driver's Seat
Position Sensor
PHOTO 113
VIEW 26
1
WHT
1 V
6 *'
LT GRN or BLU
2
BLK
~r~Y C650
PHOTO 113
VIEW 192
C603
PHOTO 95
VIEW 139
1 Y
BRN or
BLU
(SS-)
RED or
BLU
Driver's
Seat Belt
Tensioner
PHOTO 105
VIEW 49
Sensor input
B2 ^ BI ,.
(SPLC) (SPLH)
Tensioner control
Passenger's
Seat Belt
Tensioner
PHOTO 105
VIEW 49
Bi.4-__B3L.
(SPRC) (SPRH)
Tensioner control
Airbag control
(SADC1) (SADH1)
Airbag control
(SADC2) (SADH2)
Airbag control
"J SRS
I Unit
I PHOTO 74
VIEW 186
I
I
A8
BRN or
BLU
A4
WHT
A7
LT BLU or
BLU
_A3 I
GRN
WHT
4
YEL
GRN
__3A
YEL
L__nrb_
A2
PUR or
BLU
_A2j
BLK
BLK
2 Sl
RED
A1
GRN or
BLU
_A1_1
YEL
(SAPH1) (SAPC1)
A9
(SAPHP) iSAPi".;M
YEL or
BLU
2
YEL
YEL
RED
nib
j Cable
I Reel
)) | PHOTO 70
i VIEW 177
Steering
Wheel
A10
BLU
1
YEL
-nrir-
A3
LT GRN or
BLU
4
RED
LT BLU
or BLU
RED
—--"Tib-
Driver's Airbag
First Inflator
PHOTO 66
VIEW 96
Driver's Airbag
Second hriiatoi
PHOTO 66
VIEW 96
Passenger's
Airbag First
Inflator
PHOTO 87
VIEW 97
Passenger's
Airbag Second
Inflator
PHOTO 87
VIEW 97
* = Has built-in short contact.
BLK/YEL
L!
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
C3
7 5A
r • 1 See page 10-11,
~J Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
I
See page 10-11
7 ? C505
PHOTO 58
VIEW 144
A1
RED
A2
BLK
Inner Side
Passenger's
Weight Sensor
I
tJ
A14
'1 SRS
I Unit
PHOTO 74
(OLJUS) VIEW 186
GRN or BLU
GRN
C5
8 ¥ C603
PHOTO 95
VIEW 139
(POW) roDusy
(SWIP) (SWiG) (SWOP) (SWIG) (GND)
B1
RED
B2
BLK
C6
BLK
r
BLK
Passenger's
Weight
Sensor Unit
PHOTO 115
VIEW 184
See page 14-6.
G601
PHOTO 117
~1
Outer Side
Passenger's
Weight Sensor
HVAC
NOTE: See page 10-4 for details of Fuse 20.
HOT IN ON WITH ENGINE NOT CRANKING HOT AT ALL TIMES
j l f
L J
BLK/YEL
use 20
7.5 A
Under-dash
! Fuse/Relay
| Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
BLK/YEL
r
l_
BLK/YEL
D1 A
r
L
See page 10-7
See page
10-1,
j ,k > ^ See page 10-7. ^
L
Fuse 56
40A
See page
10-7.
J
Blower
Motor
Relay
I 2-
I
I -
D14 '
BLK
r
L
C1
HOT AT ALL TIMES
See page
14-1.
f""T "1 Under-dash
I * Fuse 25 i Fuse/Relay
i f
Mr G201
PHOTO 23
30 ,
L
WHT/RED
r
L
WHT/RED
29 A
| Box
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
2 i
See page 10-8.
f C203
PHOTO 82
VIEW 137
J
L
26
'1 Heater
| Control
Panel
1 PHOTO 64
-J VIEW 172
1 A Blower
M)[ Motor
PHOTO 90
VIEW 17
r
13
BLU/YEL
BLU/YEL
3 A
11
BLU/RED
12
13 * , IZJk C451
PHOTO 83
BLU/RED
1 A
VIEW 160
4 A
5
BLK
'1 Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
Blower
Power
Transistor
PHOTO 86
VIEW 111
See page 14-4,
JL G402
- PHOTO 84
NOTE; See page 10-4 for details of Fuse 20.
HOT IN ON WITH ENGINE NOT CRANKING
7
BLK/YEL
1
Fuse 20
i 5A
'1 Under-dash
| Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
I
See page~l
10-7. j
Recirculation
Control Motor
PHOTO 88
VIEW 135
See Dash and
Console Lights
GRN/WHT
15
RED/BLK
27
RED
28
"1 Heater
| Control
Panel
PHOTO 64
VIEW 172
10
10 A
1 Y
LT GRN
Evaporator
Temperature
Sensor
PHOTO 86
VIEW 33
USA: Base,
CR Audio -
A/C; Canada
YEL/ I YEL/
RED S BLU
YEL/ § YEL/
RED I BLU
BRN/
WHT
BRN/
WHT
YEL/
GRN
22 21
BLK/ i YEL
WHT
YEL/
GRN
BLK/
WHT
^C403
PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
M-VENT M-DEF- MODE 1 MODE2 M< )i )fc < M< 'M i
SCOM
Mode
(cont'd)
HVAC
- (cont'd) —
NOTE: See page 10-4 for details of Fuse 20.
1 Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
r ! Gauge
j Assembly
. PHOTO 65 L .J V(EW 182
23 X
~\ Heater
! Control
| Panel
i PHOTO 64
VIEW 172
How the Circuit Works
Blower Controls
The blower motor is controlled by the heater control
panel, which receives battery voltage at all times
through fuse 25 (in the under-dash fuse/relay box).
With the ignition switch ON (II) and the engine not
cranking, battery voltage is supplied to the control
panel through fuse 20 (in the under-dash fuse/relay
box). The control panel is grounded at G402.
Battery voltage is applied through fuse 56 (in the
main under-hood fuse/relay box) to the blower
motor relay contacts at all times. With the ignition
switch ON (II) and the engine not cranking, the
blower motor relay in the main under-hood
fuse/relay box is energized, which feeds battery
voltage to the blower motor. The blower power
transistor controls the blower motor in all speeds
except HIGH. The blower power transistor is
controlled by the heater control panel. When the
control panel requests HIGH blower speed, it
grounds the blower motor through a resistor
built-into the blower power transistor, making the
blower run at high speed.
Air Delivery
The heater control panel receives battery voltage at
all times through fuse 25 (in the under-dash
fuse/relay box), With the ignition switch ON (11), and
the engine not cranking, voltage is supplied to the
control panel through fuse 20 (in the under-dash
fuse/relay box). The control panel, which is
grounded at G402, controls the blower motor and
supplies a 5 VDC reference voltage to the air mix
control motor.
The air mix and mode control motors each receive
inputs from the control panel. The air mix motor
regulates the mixture of cold and hot air by varying
the position of the heater-evaporator door. The
mode control motor controls the direction and
volume of outlet air. The air flow can be directed to
the dashboard vents or the corner vent on the
passenger's side. The air mix control motor and
mode control motor are grounded by the control
panel.
The recirculation control motor receives battery
voltage through fuse 20 (in the under-dash
fuse/relay box) when the ignition switch is ON (II),
and the engine is not cranking. It regulates the
position of the fresh/recirc door, and is controlled by
two position inputs from the control panel
("RECIRC" and "FRESH").
A/C Compressor Controls
Voltage is provided at all times to the heater control
panel through fuse 25 (in the under-dash fuse/relay
box), and to the A/C compressor clutch relay
contacts through fuse 58 (in the main under-hood
fuse/relay box). With the ignition switch ON (II) and
the engine not cranking, voltage is supplied to the
control panel and the relay coil through fuse 20 (in
the under-dash fuse/relay box). The control panel is
grounded at G402.
When you push the A/C button ON with the ignition
switch ON (II) and the heater fan switch not in the
OFF position, the control panel will ground the A/C
ON request from input of the ECM through the A/C
pressure switch. The ECM then grounds the A/C
compressor clutch relay coil. This energizes the
coil, which closes the relay contacts and provides
voltage through fuse 58 (in the main under-hood
fuse/relay box) to the A/C compressor clutch. The
clutch then engages and begins turning the
compressor.
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
The evaporator temperature sensor is located on
the evaporator housing. If the temperature at the
evaporator gets too cold, the evaporator
temperature sensor sends a signal to the heater
control panel to turn off the A/C compressor clutch.
This prevents condensation from freezing on the
evaporator fins and blocking air delivery into the
passenger compartment.
A/C Pressure Switch
The A/C pressure switch is located in the
condenser outlet line where refrigerant is in a high
temperature/high pressure liquid state. The switch
will sense abnormally high or low pressure, and
open the circuit. This removes the ground signal
from the ECM, disengaging the compressor clutch.
Thermal Protector
If the thermal protector, located on the A/C
compressor, senses high temperature in the
compressor, its switch will open, turning the
compressor off. Once the compressor cools, the
switch will close and the compressor will begin
running again.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 21, HVAC) for
specific tests and troubleshooting procedures.
Note: See page 10-4 for details of Fuse 20.
HOT IN ON WITH ENGINE NOT CRANKING HOT AT ALL TIMES
r*—r*~ '—
J ? Fuse 20
2 7.5A
BLK/YEL
r
L
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
D9 A
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-7.
J
(Not used)
BLK/YEL
D16 A
F See 1
I page I
Fuse 57
30A
r See page «
J"
Fuse 58
20A
1 Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
Radiator
Fan Relay
A
A/C
Condenser
Fan Relay
4 f
L — -.
D12
GRN
18
GRN
D3
BLU/BLK
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
~v C507
(Terrminals 5, 6, 11,12)
2 >
C303
PHOTO 51
4 £ VIEW 165
(Not used)
Hsee Ground for
| ECM Sensors
I (SG3) Circuit,
Li
page 15-10.
GRN
E4
J
(S03)
I Sensor I
| ground |
L_ I
1 ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
BLU/WHT
17
BLU/WHT
12
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
USA:
Base, CR
Audio -
A/C;
Canada
A/C
Pressure
Switch
1 = Low
2 = High
PHOTO 25
VIEW 12
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
r«A ^ ^M.."1 Heater | "A/CON- jCofltro|
request Rane|
output
L, — — — -J VIEW 172
D4
BLU/YEL
2 $
BLU/BLK
A/C
(M)| Condenser
Fan Motor
PHOTO 10
VIEW 11
1 f
USA: Base,
CR Audio -
A/C; Canada
JSt G201
(See page 14-1.)
How the Circuit Works
Voltage is provided at all times to the radiator fan
relay contacts through fuse 57 (in the main
under-hood fuse/relay box), and to the A/C
condenser fan relay contacts through fuse 58 (in
the main under-hood fuse/relay box). With the
ignition switch ON (II) and the engine not cranking,
voltage is provided to the coils of the relays
through fuse 20 (in the under-dash fuse/relay box).
The relays are grounded through the ECM.
Grounding the relays energizes their coils and
applies battery voltage to the radiator and
condenser fan motors. Both fans then run until
ground is removed from the relay coils.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 10, Cooling
System) for specific tests and troubleshooting
procedures.
See Dash and
Console Lights
RED/BLK
5 A
HOT IN ON WITH ENGINE
NOT CRANKING
T
i *
Fuse 19
7.5 A
"1 Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
j VIEW 188
- J
r
L_
YEL/BLK
5 A
See page 10-7
3
YEL/BLU
YEL/BLU
B13
6 $ C402
PHOTO 51
VIEW 129
II
""1 Gauge
j Assembly
_ j PHOTO 65
CPU I VIEW 182
B15
BLK/YEL
BLK/YEL
6
Rear
Window
{gj Defogger
Switch
I Ligw
C402
PHOTO 51
VIEW 129
ON
Indicator
3
RED
See Dash and
Console Lights
Rear
Window
Defogger
Switch
PHOTO 76
VIEW 122
| See page 14-4^
HOT AT ALL TIMES
r I 1 Auxiliary
| t Fuse 34 | Under-hood
; 2OA Fuse Box
1 PHOTO 4
j VIEW 176
I '
B3
WHT/GRN
1 £
1 A
C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
Rear
Window
Defogger
Relay
PHOTO 52
VIEW 183
BLK/RED
12
BLK/RED
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
V
To page 64-1
BLK
#G402
PHOTO 84
HOT IN ON
r_. i Under-dash
1 ( Fuse 8 1 Fuse/Relay
From page 64.
USA; CR, CR
Audio - A/C
1A
Noise
Condenser
PHOTO 121
V VIEW 42
r
BLK
G601
PHOTO 117
BLK/RED
LJ
BLK/YEL
r
L_
BLK/YEL
See page 10-6,
f C601
(Not PHOT°103
1 _n VIEW 92 used)
BLK/RED
1A
Box
1 PHOTO 46
| VIEW 188
1 $ C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
4
BLK
1 Y
A A
C602
PHOTO 120
VIEW 72
B
BLK
2 ? C602
PHOTO 120
VIEW 72
Rear
Window
Defogger
PHOTO 112
VIEW 7
#G601
PHOTO 117
Softtop
2
BRN
BLK/RED
1
AJL
T~l Rear Window
-"4 Defogger
^ I Change Relay
o Y PHOTO 120
° \/IC\A/ HOI
LT GRN/WHT
2
[
1
LT GRN
LT GRN
Rear
Window
Defogger
Diode
PHOTO 120
VIEW 47
See
Convertible
Top
LT GRN
26$ C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
1
LT GRN
C901
PHOTO 94
VIEW 94
Rear
Window
Defogger
PHOTO 110
VIEW 7
BLK
C601
PHOTO 103
VIEW 92
BLK
2
BLK
Convertible
Top Disable
Switch
1 = Hardtop
installed
PHOTO 104
VIEW 21
# G902
PHOTO 111
BLK
G901
PHOTO 110
See page 14-6,
G601
PHOTO 117
Removable Hardtop
Lights-on, Key-in and Seat Belt Reminders
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse 25
7 5A
A9 A
See page 10-5.
J
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
Driving
Circuit
•L
LCD Display
• Speedometer
• Tachometer
• ODO/TRIP Indicator
• Fuel Gauge
• Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
WHT/RED
r
WHT/RED
A10 JL ..— .p.
Gauges
and
Indicators
"~1 Under-dash
. I Fuse/Relay
Box
j PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
I From page
73-1.
See page 10-8,
J
RED/BLK
A8
j Voltage
m . Gauges and . t j . + indicators
Beeper
1
CPU \
B4
BLU/RED
YEL
2 $
RED
IE!
• ODO/Trip Switch
# mph/km/h Switch
Dash Lights
Brightness
Controller
Clock
Switch
21 f C501 PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
A14
20
See Driver's Seat
Belt Buckle Switch
Circuit, page 15-9.
Gauges and
Indicators
A17
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
BLK
1 ?
BLK
r
Driver's Seat Belt Buckle
Switch
1 = Seat belt unbuckled
2= Seat belt buckled
PHOTO 113
VIEW 85
Driver's Door
Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 93
VIEW 2
See page 14-6.
G601
PHOTO 117
Driving
Circuit
See Illumination
(Positive) Circuit,
page 15.
1 Gauge
" Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
B6
T 1 Keyless
| j Door Lock
i | Control Unit
TT PHOTO 54
13 1 VIEW 162
19 $ C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170 REDAA/HT
RED/WHT
3 J\
See page 14-5. 71
RED/WHT
Ignition Key
Switch
1 = Key in ignition
PHOTO 68
VIEW 132
See page 14-3
J
4 A
1 Imoes
| Unit
i I PHOTO 129
VIEW 104
- G501
PHOTO 59
# G401
PHOTO 53
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse 23
OA
WHT/GRN
BLU
1
BLU
3 A
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
Security
LED
Connector
PHOTO 59
VIEW 106
2 A
WHT/GRN
5 A
BLU
13A
r ' Headliqln
I °y 2 I Switch
j | I 0 = Off
2= IO :
"1 Combination
Light Switch
PHOTO 67
VIEW 153
12
]«-iiili(?ht
Relay
To page 73.
See page
14-3
n
'1 Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
BLK
# G401
PHOTO 53
HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
!~T.
Fuse 5
7 5A
YEL
T
r
L
A9
See page 10-5. 1
WHT/RED
r
L_
WHT/RED
A10
lb
HO :> 80-3.
To To flllll
LCD Display
• Speedometer
• Tachometer
• ODO/TRIP Indicator
• Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
"> ' >u:sif !•;• -<Mi
Temperature Smart
Maintenance
Indicator
put
Mill
7 5A
'1 Under-dash
1 Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
j VIEW 188
I
See page 10-8^
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
\7
To
To in
page
1 t
r^CiWiiy
Indicator
CD i 0
Driving
Circuit
CPU Wi
Dash Lights
Brightness
Controller
• ODO/Trip
Switch
• mph/krn/h
l-iwik.h
Clock
Switch
• ODO/Trip
Switch
• mph/krn/h
l-iwik.h
From
page 80-2.-
w
From From
page 80-1. 00
^7 W
B22
PNK
20
PNK
1 X
B28
10
Outside Air
Temperature
Sensor
PHOTO 25
VIEW 43
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
A17 '
BLK
L_
BLK
A20
BLK/YEL
See page 14-sTj
-Mr G501
PHOTO 59
2 A
Security
LED
Connector
pi Intermittent
I | Wiper Relay
PHOTO 2
1 VIEW 120
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
E2lr-
r (KLINE) (SEFMJ)
Scan tool MIL
l inpui/OUipih COiitM/
VIEW 173
1 DLC
J PHOTO 62
L —J
VIEW 154
ECM
PHOTO 60
| VIEW 180
(cont'd)
- (cont'd) -—^—^ —
From page 80. From page 80,
Driving
c.hcui*
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
MIL
Indicator
6S
Low Fuel
indicator
Driving Circuit Driving Circuit
s*T\ Smart
Maintenance
indicator
7J
~FT7
©
Cruise
Control
Indicator
MAINT
REQ'D
Driving Circuit
CPU
CRUISE
CONTROL
Driving / :if:i:ii Driving Circuit
I
Driving Circuit
I
Charging
System
Indicator
"1
I
From page 80
\j/
Frequency Dividing Circuit
B10
YEL/BLk
YEL/BLK
2
B2
BLK
4S C501 8 & C505
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
T
BLK
1 A
B8
PHOTO 58
VIEW 144
Fuel
Gauge
Sending
Unit
"1 Fuel
I Tank
Unit
PHOTO 124
VIEW 113
WHT/BLK
10 A
WHT/BLK
C403
PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
4?
(Not
used)
USA: Base; Canada
B6
1 Convertible
1 Top Control
J Unit
PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
B2 A
I™ 1 EPS
| Control
j Unit
PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
B7
r
i_
BLuA/VHT
2 A
B3
BLU I
_ — J
BLU
19 Y C303
PHOTO 51
BLU VIEW 165
2
Test
Tachometer
Connector
PHOTO 1
VIEW 56
See Vehicle ~^
Speed Sensor I
Signal 2 Circuit, I
page 15-7. ^
C507
(Terrminals
1-4)
PHOTO 129
VIEW 145
7 Y C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
B5
r "1 EPS
j Control
J Unit
PHOTO 19
VIEW 181
(NEP)
Engine
speed output
Sensor
ground
(SG2)
A23
GRN/YEL
r
3 A
Reference
voltage
(VCC2)
A20 ' "
YEL/BLU
ECM
PHOTO 60
VIEW 180
See Ground for"'
ECM Sensors | I
(SG2) Circuit, I |
page 15-9. ^
YEL/BLU
1
See Reference ^
Voltage for ECM ,
Sensors (VCC2)
Circuit, '
page 15-6. ^
Output Shaft
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor
PHOTO 41
VIEW 83
r~y~l Tailiight
i Ju
1
RED/BLK
A8A
*n Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
| Box
J PHOTO 46
j VIEW 188
I See Headlights See Turn Signal Lights
See Illumination (Positive)
Circuit, page 15.
j
A7
(b na,,ge
<\ From page
80.
fK Gauge
W Lights
Driving iriVlii'J
Circuit i .iics."'i
RED/WHT
A15
RED/BLU
or YEL
A16 B29
GRN/YEL
B30
(t) High
Bear
ndic
^ Gauge
Assembly
Beam Left Turn
Signal
hirii «'.soi
I
! >>!viny
B9'
BLk/WHT
CPU
T> l«)
80.
l.;;»V!i.«.;
A19
RED
23 A
( i
L —J
Heater
Control
Panel
PHOTO 64
VIEW 172
Flo-* pKc-«$ :. ;>n*-
80-6. • 80-1. 80-4.
A18
BLK
See Illumination
(Negative) Circuit,
page 15-1.
Right Turn
Signal
80 5.
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
RED
See Dash and
Console Lights
pi — -i
S See page 14-5.
G501
PHOTO 59 (COOt 0)
- (cont'd) . _
See Rear
Window
Defogger
YEL/BLU
B13 JL
From page 80, ^>
"1 Gauge
' Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
©
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
E£3
Driving
Circuit
""*] Keyless
I I Door Lock
I I Control Unit
L»_«J PHOTO 54
13 Y VIEW 162
19 Y
I
See Rear
Window
Defogger
19$ C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
RED/WHT
3 1
LT GRN/RED
I I
L —J
"1 Imoes
Unit
PHOTO 129
1
BLK
r
L_
VIEW 104
Ignition Key
Switch
1 = Key in
ignition
PHOTO 68
VIEW 132
20
GRN
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
C503
PHOTO 47
VIEW 130
B4
BLU/RED
21 * C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
Driver's
Door
Switch
1 = Door
open
PHOTO 93
VIEW 2
2 $ C603
PHOTO 95
VIEW 139
See page 14-3.
G401
PHOTO 53
~1
Passenger's
Door Switch
1 = Door
open
PHOTO 96
VIEW 2
BLK/YEL or
BLU
YEL or
BLU
2f
RED
r
I 'A
I
L. —
BLK
^ P Driver's Seat
I Belt Buckle
| Switch
—-J 1 = Seat belt
unbuckled
2 = Seat belt
. w buckled
1 Y PHOTO 113
VIEW 85
"i SRS
1 Unit
I PHOTO 74 BLK
. j VIEW 18"
'"l See page 14-6^
L_ j _ I
A, G601
PHOTO 117
I 1 SRS
I- Unit
j J PHOTO 74
U_«J VIEW 186
A11
1 T
B19
C503
PHOTO 47
VIEW 130
j h rom
BO.
ivatJon
SRS
indicator
©
VSA
Indicator
IWSftl
VSA Indicator
Circuit
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
ABS
Indicator
Circuit
B11
16 ?
35 A
B14 "B20'~~
15
17
18
44 A
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
"1 VSA
| Modulator-
i Control
' Unit
PHOTO 7
VIEW 173
(cont'd)
Drive
Circuit
B25
To page
80 3/
B24
GRN/RED
r
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
GRN/RED
2 A
Brake System
Indicator
[BRAKE]
(USA)
(CANADA)
TPMS
indicator
Drive
Circuit
Low Tire
Pressure
Indicator
Drive
Circuit
EPS
indicator
CPU
F-CAN Transceiver
(CAN 2 U (CAN I H)
B23
GRN/WHT
See Brake Fluid
Level Circuit,
page 15-4.
13 A
r ~~*
r
"1 VSA I
I I Modulator-
I j Control Unit BLK
U_-l PHOTO 7
VIEW 173
17
Brake Fluid
Level Switch p
1 = Low fluid '
level
PHOTO 5
VIEW 18 L_
GRN/WHT
1
BLK
See page
14-2,
J
— vw
124 1.'
A21
RED
11
RED
9
RED
11
1 (CAN I)
F-CAN
1 communication
1 line (low)
A22
WHT
_jo_A
WHT
_8_
WHT
1
B21
YEL/BLU
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169 3f
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
(CAM H) . j
F-CAN
communication
line (high) J
TPMS
Control Unit
PHOTO 128
VIEW 167
See Parking Brake
Position Circuit,
page 15-2.
B12
r *
I
I
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
From
'E I page
80,
Trunk
Indicator
©
Low Oil
Pressure
Indicator
B27
YEL/RED
C204
PHOTO 82 9
VIEW 164
~] EPS
I Control
I Unit
j PHOTO 19
VIEW 183
G301
PHOTO 10
Parking
Brake
Switch
1 = Park
brake
applied
PHOTO 79
VIEW 44
A12
BLU/BLk
r
L_
BLU/BLk
C101
PHOTO 56
VIEW 156
3?
See Trunk Lid
Position Circuit,
page 15-3.
Trunk Lid
Opener
Solenoid/
Latch
Switch
PHOTO 125
VIEW 90
BLK
2?
BLK
Trunk Lid
Latch
Switch
1 ~ Trunk
Lid
open
Trunk Lid
Opener
Solenoid
See page
14-6.
J
T103
PHOTO 39
Oil Pressure
Switch
1 1 = Low oil
I pressure
G601
PHOTO 117
- How the Circuit Works —
The indicator lights are controlled by different
conditions in their associated systems. Refer to
each associated system to see its entire schematic.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge (part of the
LCD Display) is controlled by the CPU in the
gauge assembly. The ECT sensor sends a coolant
temperature signal to the ECM, The ECM then
sends a coolant temperature signal to the CPU in
the gauge assembly through the YEL wire (cavity
B26). The CPU controls the LCD display to turn on
the proper segments indicating the coolant
temperature.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 22, Gauges)
for specific tests or troubleshooting procedures.
Fuel Gauge and Low Fuel Indicator Light
A WARNING
D© not smoke while working on the fuel system.
Keep open flame away from the work area.
Drain fuel only into an approved container.
The fuel gauge (part of the LCD display) and the
low fuel indicator light are controlled by the CPU in
the gauge assembly. The fuel gauge sending unit
(part of the fuel tank unit) sends a fuel level signal
to the CPU in the gauge assembly through the
YEL/BLK wire (cavity B10). The signal varies
depending on the position of the float in the fuel
tank which changes the resistance of the sending
unit. The sending unit's resistance values as
follows:
Float Position Resistance (Q) Height (mm)
(in.)
F 11-13 81.2 (3.2)
1/2 52-58 152 (6.0)
LOW 114.4-120.4 214.3 (8.4)
E 130-132 221.9 (8.7)
The CPU controls the LCD display to turn on the
proper segments indicating the fuel level. When
the fuel level drops below the LOW level, the CPU
grounds the low fuel indicator light, which turns the
light on.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 11, Fuel
Supply System) for specific tests or
troubleshooting procedures.
Speedometer and Odometer
The speedometer and odometer (part of the LCD
display) are controlled by the CPU in the gauge
assembly. The CPU receives a pulsing input from
the Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor.
The pulse rate increases as the car accelerates.
The frequency and duration of these input pulses
are measuRED by the CPU. The CPU controls
the LCD display to turn on the proper segments
indicating the vehicles speed and mileage.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 22, Gauges)
for specific tests or troubleshooting procedures.
Tachometer
The tachometer (part of the LCD display) is
controlled by the CPU in the gauge assembly. The
CPU receives a pulsing input from the ECM. The
frequency and duration of these input pulses are
measuRED by the CPU. The CPU controls the
LCD display to turn on the proper segments
indicating the engine speed.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 22, Gauges)
for specific tests or troubleshooting procedures.
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
use 21
7 FIA
r'
/ 5A
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
14
YEL p — — ~~|
» See page 10-5.
I I
C403
PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
YEL
JUL-
(K 11
ignition
insuiv
Off-board
r|iaonos«s
(K'TlNf. )
Ground
TPMS
! Control
i Unit
! PHOTO 128
I VIEW 167
I
1
|
r — — — n DLC
| K line for off -board s PHOTO 62
communication VIEW 154
I I
1 Ground for j
!L HPS tester . . J
BLK
-# G401
(See page 14-3.)
PHOTO 53
HOT IN ON
YEL
YEL
A9
Fuse 5
7.5A
"j Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
1 Box
| PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-5.
_J
"1 Gauge
I Assembly
• PHOTO 65
I VIEW 182
Gauge**; ^nd
Indicators
©
TPMS
Indicator
Drive Circuit
r
Low Tire
Pressure
Indicator
Drive Circuit
CPU
F-CAN Transceiver
(CAN 2 L) (CAN 2 H)
~""A21~
RED
11
A22
10 JL
__tiA_
(CAN I.)
F-CAN •
«•ommunic«riion
line (low)
1 A
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
) TPMS Control
Unit
(CAN H)
F-CAN .
Communication VIEW?6728
line (high) J
HOT IN ON
7 Fuse I
2 20A
GRN/
BLK
GRN/
BLK
GRN/
BLK
See page
10-9.
r
L_
3 $ C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
GRN/
BLK
V
5
BLU/WHT
GRN/RED
2 r
GRN
7
GRN
L_
BLK
BLU/WHT
Intermittent
Wiper
Relay
PHOTO 2
VIEW 120
3
BLK
BLK
See page"!
14-2. ,
_ G301
- PHOTO 10
2
BLU
4
BLU
11
3 IMl 4
1 1,
BLU/YEL
12
6$ C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
GRN/
RED 12
See page 14-2
J
BLU/WHT
G301
Windshield
Wiper Motor
1 = Park
2= Run
3 = Low
4 = High
PHOTO 9
VIEW 115
C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152 BLK/WHT
14
Under-dash
| Fuse/Relay
Fuse 12 | Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-9.
0 < -* 3 0 <1 * 3 0 «*' _
12 1 j j 2 12
2 $ C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
13
BLU/BLK
I
T Under-dash
I Fuse 13 | Fuse/Relay
C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
I f
BLU/ORN
16 % C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
GRN
B12 A
4 5 r
BLU/ORN
B16 A
Box
i PHOTO 46
j VIEW 188
BLU/BLK
B17 A
4
BLK
See page 14-3.
BLK
0 *
6 Y
WHT/BLK
JL G401
- PHOTO 53
Wiper/Washer
Switch
0 = Off
1 = Intermittent
2= Low
3 = High
4 = Mist
5 = Wash
PHOTO 69
VIEW 151
15 1
WHT/BLK
B18
C451
PHOTO 83
VIEW 160
WHT/BLK
1
WHT/BLK
1
Wiper/Washer
Driving Circuit
CPU
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
Windshield
Washer
Motor
^r~* PHOTO 24
VIEW 68
—* Gauges and Indicators „J • j
J
A18 Y
BLK
r See page 14-5.
G501
PHOTO 59
BLK
r
BLK
See page 14-1.
J
G201
^~ PHOTO 23
How the Circuit Works
Low Speed
With the ignition switch in ON (II), battery voltage is
applied to the windshield wiper motor through fuse
8 (in the under-dash fuse/relay box), and to the
windshield wiper/washer switch through fuse 12 (in
the under-dash fuse/relay box). When you move
the wiper switch to LOW, the low speed winding of
the motor is grounded through the low contact of
the wiper/washer switch, and the wipers run at low
speed.
Park/Off
When you turn the wiper switch to OFF, ground is
provided for the low speed winding of the
windshield wiper motor through the wiper switch,
intermittent wiper relay, and the cam switch on the
motor, to G301. The wipers then run at low speed
until the cam switch on the motor moves to PARK,
removing the ground, which stops the wipers in the
park position.
High Speed
When you move the wiper switch to HIGH, the high
speed windings of the windshield wiper motor are
grounded through the HIGH contact of the wiper/
washer switch, and the wipers run at high speed.
Mist
When you push the wiper/washer lever up and
hold it, the high speed winding of the windshield
wiper motor is grounded through the MIST contact
in the wiper/washer switch. The wipers will sweep
at high speed as long as you hold the lever up.
When you release the lever, the PARK/OFF
function then takes over, and the wipers stop in the
PARK position.
Washer
When you pull the wiper/washer lever toward you,
battery voltage is applied to the windshield washer
motor and the CPU in the gauge assembly. The
CPU grounds the coil of the intermittent wiper relay.
The relay, in turn, grounds the low speed windings
of the wiper motor. The washer motor then pumps
washer fluid onto the windshield, and the wipers
run at low speed. When you release the lever, the
wipers make one more sweep and then stop.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 22, Body
Electrical) for testing and troubleshooting
procedures.
Intermittent
When you move the wiper switch to INT, battery
voltage is applied through fuse 12 (in the
under-dash fuse/relay box) and the windshield
wiper/washer switch to the CPU in the gauge
assembly. The CPU sends a signal to the
wiper/washer driving circuit, which energizes the
intermittent wiper relay by applying a ground signal
to the relay coil. The wipers then make a single
sweep every few seconds.
Exterior Lie
- Headlights (I
HOT AT ALL TIMES
; use 45
A2
REDA'EL
C202
PHOTO 82
VIEW 136
T] DRL
f Diode 1
JJ PHOTO 80
2 y VIEW 27
BLU
RED/
YEL
2
RED
To page
110-1.
8 § C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
Inverter
BLK
1
BLK
r
igniter
> See page 10-1.
| Main
I Under-hood
Headlight
Relay 2
1 i
Headlight j
Relay 1 i
i
Fuse/Relay
i Box
j PHOTO 17
" VIEW 189
A3 Y
REDA'EL
1
REDA'EL
A7
(Not
used)
A4
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
"1 Gauge
' Assembly
r CPU ] i
1 PHOTO 65
1 VIEW 182
3
Left r
Headlight,
RED/WHT RED/WHT
1 $ C202
PHOTO 82
VIEW 136
'1 DRL
I Control
A1
(Not
used)
A12Y
BLU/RED
14 ?
BLU/RED
A13
(Not
used)
C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
To page
110-1.
Low Beam
PHOTO 14
VIEW 34
L —. Unit
PHOTO 44
VIEW 148
| See page 14-5.^
Right Headlight,
Low Beam
PHOTO 14
VIEW 34
jut G501
"=" PHOTO 59 it G501
~ PHOTO 59
DRL
Control
Unit
PHOTO 44
VIEW 148
From
page 110.
V
illljl
IliiiM
Ipilllllisilll
(Not 12 %
used) BLK
r
L_
BLK
Combination
S Light Switch
| PHOTO 67
Headlight VIEW 153
Switch I
0= Off I
1 = :Dfl: I
2= |
See page 14-3,
J
G401
~ PHOTO 53 (cont'd)
Exterior Lights
- Headlights (USA) (cont'd)
NOTE: See page 10-4 for details of Fuse 19.
HOT IN ON WITH ENGINE
NOT CRANKING HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
L_
YEL/BLK
Fuse 19
/.5A
T
See page 10-7,
YEL/BLK
12A
WHT
2 1
L.
4 7
BLK
7A
_—- , DRL r—
j Control I
, Unit !
" 3 PHOTO 44
VIEW 148 8
14A
Fuse 27
10A
T,
Under-dash
- _ » Fuse/Relay
Fuses |Box
YEL
r
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-5,
YEL
A1
YEL
A9 1
Gauges and
©
DRL Indicator
indicators
ike Sys
Indicator
(jT^ Brake System
A2
BLU/WHT
6 Y
DRL j Gauges
-: and • •
Indicators
B23
GRN/WHT
17
1 DRL
1 Sub-control
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
Unit
6
GRN/WHT BLK
See page 14-4.
G402
PHOTO 84
9
BLK
5
GRN/WHT
TT PHOTO 44
V VIEW 149
GRN/WHT
See Parking Brake
Position Circuit,
page 15-2.
.J r
See page 14-3.
G401
PHOTO 53
1 i
BLK
*1
l'
Parking
Brake
Switch
1 = Parking
brake
applied
PHOTO 79
VIEW 44
~] Gauge
* Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
How the Circuit Works (USA)
A WARNI m
A transient high tension (25,000 v) occurs at
the bulb sockets of the high intensity
discharge (HID) lamps when the combination
light switch is turned ON. It may cause serious
electrical shock or electrocution if you do not
observe the cautions below.
Newer turn on the combination light switch
before fitting the HID bulbs to their bulb
sockets and completing the reassembly of
the headlight assembly.
Do not service the headlight assembly in
wet, conditions, such as rain or snow, near
a sprinkler system, or when your hands are
wet to prevent electrocution.
Do not touch the surface of the HID bulbs
with your bare hands and do not stain it
with any oils or fats.
Do not disassemble the inverter unit and the
igniter unit
Do not turn on the HID bulb by using a
power source other than the battery
mounted on the vehicle.
Flash-to-Pass
When you hold the flash-to-pass switch in the ON
position, ground is applied through the BLU/RED
wire to the coils of the headlight and high beam cut
relays. The headlight relays are then energized,
applying battery voltage to the left and right low
beam headlights, the DRL control unit, and the
high beam cut relay through fuses 43 and 45 (in
the main under-hood fuse/relay box). The DRL
control unit provides power to the left and right
high beam headlights. The high beam cut relay is
energized, and the low beam bulbs come on,
because the opposite terminal is tied to ground.
The high beams and indicator also come on,
because a path to ground is provided to the
opposite terminal through the closed flash-to-pass
switch and the closed contacts of the high beam
cut relay.
High and Low Beams
The headlight relays receive battery voltage at all
times. When you turn the headlight switch to the
HEAD position, ground is applied through the
BLU/RED wire to the coils of the headlight and
high beam cut relays. The headlight relays are
then energized, applying battery voltage to the left
and right low beam headlights, the DRL control
unit, and the high beam cut relay through fuses 43
and 45 (in the main under-hood fuse/relay box).
The DRL control unit provides power to the left and
right high beam headlights. The high beam cut
relay is energized, and the low beam bulbs come
on with the dimmer switch in LOW or HIGH,
because the opposite terminal is tied to ground.
The ground path for the high beams and indicator
is through the closed contacts of the high beam cut
relay and the dimmer switch. With the dimmer
switch in LOW, the path is interrupted, and the high
beams remain off, but in HIGH a ground path is
provided, and the high beams come on.
Exterior Lights
- Headlights (Canada)
HOT AT ALL TIMES
I
HI
See page 10-1.
Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
7H Headlight
[ 1 Relay 1
Fuse 43 " \ use 44
A1 a13
A2
RED/YEL
C202
PHOTO 82
VIEW 136
A3
RED/YEL
1 *
RED/YEL
A7
(No*
used) usee)
C204
PHOTO 82
VIEW 164
"""] Gauge
I Assembly
I PHOTO 65"
i VIEW 182
I ! CPU 1
1
2
BLU
|Tl RED/
f Diode 1 YEL
I j PHOTO 80
V VIEW 27
RED/YEL I RED/WHT
8 * C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
To page
110-5.
Left
Headlight,
Low Beam
PHOTO 14
VIEW 34
C202
PHOTO 82
VIEW 136
DRL
I Control
j Unit
j PHOTO 44
VIEW 148
(Not
used)
14 ? C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
, See page 14-5.^
Right
Headlight,
Low Beam
PHOTO 14
VIEW 34
H DRL
I Control
1 Unit
PHOTO 44
I VIEW 148
RED/WHT
11
C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
10
RED/BLU
5
RED/BLU
Left
Headlight,
High Beam
PHOTO 14
VIEW 80
12
RED/WHT
A15
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
High Beam
Indicator
"i Gauge
! Assembly
PHOTO 65
• VIEW 182
C301
PHOTO 43
VIEW 152
A16
RED/BLU
13
RED/BLU
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
11
RED/ORN BLU/RED
2 $ C202
PHOTO 82
VIEW 136
Right
Headlight,
High Beam
PHOTO 14
VIEW 80
8 $ C202
PHOTO 82
VIEW 136
RED/BLU
1 A
From page
110-4.
(Not used)
'~Tl.
4 1
Dimmer
Switch
1 = Low
2 = High
)
High Beam
Cut Relay
PHOTO 54
VIEW 183
From
page
110-4.
V
o ^.
7_X
(Not
used)
See Dash and
Console Lights
BLU
13
Flash-to-Pass
Switch
0= Off
1 = On
o /
(Not
used)
12 *
BLK
r
L
BLK
Heydliyhi
Switch
0= Off
1 = l\>dz
2= ^
Combination
Light Switch
PHOTO 67
VIEW 153
See page 14-3^
G401
PHOTO 53 (cont'd)
- Headlights (Canada) (cont'd) -
NOTE: See page 10-4 for details of Fuse 19.
HOT IN ON WITH ENGINE NOT CRANKING HOT AT ALL TIMES
"T"
YEL
r
YEL
Fuse 5
7 5A
7 Fuse 1 i T,
See page 10-5.^
YEL YEL
1
A9 4 ! 1 r-
<
Gauges and
* Indicators
YEL/BLK
r
L_
YEL/BLK
""1 Gauge
1 Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
Brake System •
Indicator
DRL
Indicator
Gauges
and p
Indicators
B23
17
A2
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
9
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
12
See page 10-7.
10A
"j Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
I Box
j PHOTO 46
j VIEW 188
I
6
GRN/WHT
"] DRL
I Control
| Unit
} PHOTO 44
» VIEW 148
1 &
BLK
r
L_
Parking Brake
Switch
1 = Parking
brake applied
PHOTO 79
VIEW 44
See Parking Brake
Position Circuit, I
page 15-2.
7 Y
BLK
See page 14-4.
G402
PHOTO 84
How the Circuit Works (Canada)
A WARNING
A transient high tension (25,000 v) occurs at
the bulb sockets of the high intensity
discharge (HID) lamps when the combination
light switch is turned ON. It may cause serious
electrical shock or electrocution if you do not
observe the cautions below.
° $lmmif mm $m tSise combination light switch
before fitting the HID bulbs to their bulb
sockets and completing the reassembly of
the headlight assembly.
• Do not service the headlight assembly in
wet conditions, such as rain or snow, near a
sprinkler system, or when your hands are
wet to prevent electrocution.
• Do not touch the surface of the HID bulbs
with your bare hands and do not stain it
with any oils or fats.
• Do not disassemble the inverter unit and the
igniter unit
• Do not turn on the HID bulb by using a
power source other than the battery
mounted on the vehicle.
High and Low Beams
The headlight relays receive battery voltage at all
times. When you turn the headlight switch to the
HEAD position, ground is applied through the
BLU/RED wire to the coils of the headlight and
high beam cut relays. The headlight relays are
then energized, applying battery voltage to the left
and right low beam headlights, the DRL control
unit, and the high beam cut relay through fuses 43
and 45 (in the main under-hood fuse/relay box).
The DRL control unit provides power to the left and
right high beam headlights. The high beam cut
relay is energized, and the low beam bulbs come
on with the dimmer switch in LOW or HIGH,
because the opposite terminal is tied to ground.
The ground path for the high beams and indicator
is through the closed contacts of the high beam cut
relay and the dimmer switch. With the dimmer
switch in LOW the path is interrupted and the high
beams remain off, but in HIGH a ground path is
provided, and the high beams come on.
Flash-to-Pass
When you hold the flash-to-pass switch in the ON
position, ground is applied through the BLU/RED
wire to the coils of the headlight and high beam cut
relays. The headlight relays are then energized,
applying battery voltage to the left and right low
beam headlights, the DRL control unit, and the
high beam cut relay through fuses 43 and 45 (in
the main under-hood fuse/relay box). The DRL
control unit provides power to the left and right
high beam headlights. The high beam cut relay is
energized, and the low beam bulbs come on,
because the opposite terminal is tied to ground.
The high beams and indicator also come on,
because the opposite terminal is provided a path to
ground through the closed flash-to-pass switch and
the closed contacts of the high beam cut relay.
DRL
When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) with
the parking brake released, the DRL control unit
supplies about 6 volts to the RED/BLU wire (cavity
10), about 12 volts to the RED/WHT wire (cavity
1), and ground to the RED/ORN wire (cavity 11).
This provides about 6 volts to both high beam
headlights, causing them to come on at reduced
brightness. If you apply the parking brake, ground
is applied to the DRL control unit at the GRN/WHT
wire. If the parking brake is applied before you turn
the ignition switch to ON (II), the daytime mode will
remain off until you release the parking brake.
Once the high beams are in the daytime mode,
applying the parking brake will not turn them off.
When you switch to low beams, high beams, or
flash-to-pass operation, ground is applied to the
DRL control unit through the BLU/RED wire, and
the control unit then turns off the daytime running
lights mode.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 22, Body
Electrical) for specific tests or troubleshooting
procedures.
Exterior Lights
- Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lights
From this
page.
"j Under-
8 dash
Fuse/
Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
r
L_
BLK i BLK S BLK
m G501 | A G301
PHOTO 59 PHOTO 10
See page 14-lTj
- G602
?- PHOTO 116
^ G201
-# PHOTO 23
- Back-up Lights
s J
L v
r
Fuse 5
~"~ Under-dash
-I Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-5.
11 ? C101
PHOTO 56
VIEW 156
Back-up Light
y ' I Switch
1 I 1 = Transmission
in reverse
PHOTO 41
VIEW 16
GRN/YEL
GRN/BLK
C101
PHOTO 56
VIEW 156
GRN/BLK
2 A Left
/jbi Back-up
\^kJ Light
1 V PHOTO 122
BLK
GRN/BLK
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
GRN/BLK
2 A Right
. 77 PHOTO 122
> I VIEW 15
See page 14-6.
BLK
G602
PHOTO 116
C303
PHOTO 51
VIEW 165
(Not
used)
Exterior Lights
- Taillights, Parking, Side Marker and License Plate Lights
HOT AT ALL TIMES
[ T Under-dash
1 { Fuse 23 1 Fuse/Relay
! i I OA | Box
I I PHOTO 46
WHT/GRN
VIEW 188
WHT/GRN
r-—-
2 A
WHT/GRN
5 A
3 Y
I
BLU I
13 A
RED/BLK
under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
Taillight I Box
Rpjqw I PHOTO 46
neiay I VIEW 188
RED/BLK
r • 'F"* T Combination I
I f ! "1 Headlight I Light Switch 14 v
| I > , j Switch I PH-°.TO-67 I
I \o<^' 0= Off I
i { J J 1-:^: I
VIEW 153
C301
PHOTO 43
RED/BLK VIEW152
L.
12 Y
BLK
r
i_
BLK
2= *0 I
J
See page 14-3,
G401
PHOTO 53
I?
J
RED/BLK
BLK
P
Left Front
Parking/Side
Marker Light
PHOTO 15
VIEW 45
See page 14-2.
BLK
-f- G301
PHOTO 10
RED/BLK
RED/BLK
RED/BLK
16 f C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157
2 A
©
Right Front
Parking/Side
Marker Liaht
See Illumination
(Positive) Circuit,
page 15.
BLK I
r
Marker Light
PHOTO 15
VIEW 45
See page 14-1. ^
BLK
Sr G201
PHOTO 23
RED/BLK
j Left Brake
I Light/Side
| Marker/Taillight
j PHOTO 122
I VIEW 73
Left
Taillight
1 (LED)
I ^ ' 0^)' C^Y barker!
j w V Light |
I
I
I See Brake ^ -
* Lights
Left
Rear
3
BLK
BLK
See page 14-6.^
Right Brake
Light/Side
Marker/Taillight
PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
•
RED/BLK
1 A
BLK
License
Plate
Light
PHOTO 127
VIEW 40
-# G602
PHOTO 116
110-10
Brake Lights
WHT/BLK
1
0(
w
mow
oe
©'©
" "1 Left Brake
Light/Side
Marker/
i Taillight
PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
Lett
Brake
Light
(LED)
See Taillights
- < and Side
Marker Lights
HOT AT ALL TIMES
7 Fuse 47
15A
B5 -
WHT/GRN
^ See page 10-2. ^
L .J
Main
I Under-hood
I Fuse/Relay
j Box
!
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
See page 10-2
I f~~\ Brake Pedal
I of 11 Position Switch
Li 1= Brake pedal
WHT/BLK
r
pressed
PHOTO 45
VIEW 99
See Brake Pedal Position"!
Circuit, page 15-2.
J
" ~1 Right Brake
8 Light/Side
Marker/
Taillight
PHOTO 122
VIEW 73
Right
Brake
Light
(LED)
0"00"
3
BLK
r
L_
BLK
See Taillights
and Side , * +
Marker Lights
3
BLK
BLK
©
BLK
High Mount
Brake Light
PHOTO 125
VIEW 35
See page 14-6.
G602
PHOTO 116
Interior Lights
- Ceiling Light/SpotiigEifs and Trunk Light
HOT AT ALL TIMES
WHT/BLU
WHT/BLU
~l Under-dash
Fuse 24 I Fuse/Relay
i Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
WHT/BLU
1
13 ¥ C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
WHT/BLU
2
WHT/BLU
1
WHT/BLU
1
(T)
r
3
BRN
Trunk Light
PHOTO 123
VIEW 58
C452
PHOTO 84
VIEW 70
Left ©Right
See Trunk Lid
Position Circuit
page 15-3.
_l
3 A
(Not used)
BLKAA/HT
2?
GRN/YEL
1
GRN/YEL
Hi U
\ fll K
Mi K'lif IN
BLK
2 <Ji?
V
BLK
Trunk Lid
Latch
Switch
1 = Trunk
open
Trunk Lid 1
* Opener j
Solenoid j
Trunk Lid
j Opener
] Solenoid/
•j Latch
Switch
•! PHOTO 125
! VIEW 90
GRN/YEL
2
i "1 Keyless Door
I 1 Lock Control
L_J Unit
14 PHOTO 54
VIEW 162
BLKAA/HT
A5
I CPU I Door
Indicator
*~] Gauge
I Assembly
1 PHOTO 65
• \/IC\A/ i OO
See page 14-6^
A14
GRN
20 A
JL G601
" PHOTO 117
A13
LT GRN/RED
19 A
LT GRN/RED
Y 1
Driver's Door
Switch
1 = Door open
^ PHOTO 93
VIEW 2
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
o/ i
la
Passenger's
Door Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 96
VIEW 2
Ceiling
Light/
Spotlights
0 = Off
1 = Door
2 = On
PHOTO 109
VIEW 100
BLK/
GRN
4
(Not used)
Dash and Console Lights
HOT AT ALL TIMES
WHT/GRN
10A
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
BLU
1
BLU
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
Security
LED
Connector
PHOTO 59
VIEW 106
] Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
Combination
I *p~> Headlight I Light Switch
| | '/ \ I Switch | PHOTO 67
I i
12
To page 114-2.
' I 0 = Off I
J 1 = -••[)(]" I
2= ID I
VIEW 153
BLK
See page 14-3^
BLK
G401
PHOTO 53
(cont'd)
Interior Lights
- Dash and Console Lights
HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
RED/
BLK
8A
fT1 Hazard
\/T\ I Warning
|\y 1 Switch
RED
RED
12
VIEW 140
RED/BLK
From page 114-1.
T
RED/BLK 1
RED/BLK
5
Li
6
"1 Convertible
I Top Switch
PHOTO 76
VIEW 118
Rear
I fg\| Window
iK^Ji Defogger
Lij Switch
3
RED
PHOTO 76
VIEW 122
USA; Base;
Canada
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
r 1 Keyless Door
| Lights j Lock Control
I Flash j Unit
I Control1 PHOTO 54
L — _ J VIEW 162
4"
RED/
BLK
27 i
l"T"l Heater
\/T\\ Control
|W| Panel
Y PHOTO 64
L»^«J V|EW 172
28 v
rji Cruise
Control
W Main
LIJ Switch
_ V PHOTO 63
o VIEW 119
2 &
RED/
BLK
•
I
RED/BLK |
I
YEL
See Illumination
| (Positive) Circuit,
page 15.
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
r
L
YEL
A9^
Fuse 5
7.5A
"*"? T Under-dash
I Fuse 25 I fuse/Relay Box
J 7tA
r
L_
J
WHT/RED
See page
10-5
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-8.
T
A10 X
Gauge
Lights
(x2)
Gauges
*and ^
Indicators LCD
- , Display .
Voltage Feed
Gauge
I iuhts
f (x7)
Driving
Circuit
Driving
Circuit
A8 A19
(-•-j Driving
Circuit
A18
TXIT
n~rr
Dash Lights
Brightness
Controller
Gauges and
Indicators
._J L_
A17
Gauge
Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
RED/BLK
rji Audio
\/*f\\ Remote
| W| Switch
RED
USA: Base,
CR Audio-A/C;
Canada
2 1 A9
rji VSA Off r
®
| Switch |
j PHOTO 64
• « VIEW 125
LIJ
3 "
RED
L.
A19
"1 Audio
! Unit
PHOTO 72
-*-» VIEW 175
RED
•"T1 Passenger's
©
1 Airbag
Cut-Off
! J, j Indicator
V PHOTO 71
2 VIEW 105
G501
(See page
14-5.)
PHOTO 59
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
GRN/
WHT
GRN/
WHT
11 A
Fuse 17
20A 1
See page 10-5
1 r
L_
GRN/BLK
4 X
Fuse 8
20A
""j Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
I Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-9
- USA: Base; Canada • -
[ * j Convertible
Top Control
1 Unit
1 \rm"J PHOTO 85
B2T VIEW 178
BLU/ORN
7 «
14A
C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
Driver's Window Switch
iH
OFF
DN (AUTO)
DN
VMP1
POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT
Down (+) UpM PLS SGND
3
RED/YEL
1 * . 3A
2
BLK
41
DETECT
CIRCUIT
OFF
12
RED/WHT
18
REDAA/HT
Driver's
Power
Window
Motor
PHOTO 101
VIEW 108
Main ^
Switch Passenger s
Power Window
ON SWITCH
OFF % - •* DN
13
BLU/RED
6
BLU/WHT
A 16 A 15 A ^ C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
V V V
To page 120-1.
f*wnw>
cm
Power
Window
Master
Switch
PHOTO 97
VIEW 150
See page~l
14-5. j
10 5jr
hrom page 120. HOT AT ALL TIMES
BLU/
RED
V
BLU/
WHT
11
1 T ""J Under-dash
Fuse 18 ! Fuse/Relay
20A j
U J
BLU/WHT
1 A
UP ON
BLU/WHT
B7 A
BLU/RED
B8 A14 A
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
USA: Base; Canada
~J Convertible
I Top Control
I Unit
I PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
B9
RED/BLU
RED/BLU
B3
RED/BLU
BLK
r
RED/BLU
Passenger's
Power
Window
Switch
PHOTO 106
VIEW 127
1
B4
RED
2
BLU/RED
B10
BLK
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
Passenger's
Power
Window
Motor
PHOTO 101
VIEW 67
See page 14-5.
_J
USA: Base: Canada
HOT AT ALL TIMES
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT IN ON
Fuse 55
20A
"""j Main |
I Under-hood j
Fuse 52 I Fuse/Relay j
FuseS
7.5 A r-
20A | Box
i PHOTO 17
' VIEW 189
B2 *
GRY
r
L_
A3 JL
Controlled
by
I
1
B3
GRY/RED
GRY/RED
A6 A
See page 10^
YEL
See page 10-5. n r
J L_
Ignition
input
A13
Fuse 25
7 5A
l "| Under-dash
7 Fuse 12 ! Fuse/Relay
See page 10-8^
See Dash and
Console Lights
BLK/WHT
r
RED/
BLK
5 A
BLK/WHT
3 A
Convertible ciose
Top Switch
Light
6
RED
See Dash and
Console Lights
2
RED/YEL
Battery
input
ISA I Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
See page 10-9.^j
Opet i
Convertible
Top Switch
PHOTO 76
VIEW 118
Controlled by
By
A1
RED
1 Y
17 ¥
RED
1 A
Open
A2
Convertible
Top Motor
Emergency
Connector
PHOTO 89
VIEW 22
RED/BLU
RED/BLU
2 A
1
Ground
A8
BLK
Controlled by
~A~/
A4
LT GRN/RED
BLK
L
See page
14-4.
LT GRN/RED
G402
PHOTO 84
15~
LT GRN/RED
2
YEL
Left
Convertible
Top Motor
PHOTO 93
VIEW 23
V
A10JL__A9 JL
"1 Convertible
| Top Control
I Unit
PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
Controlled by
Close Open
A5
RED/WHT
Y Convertible
Top Motor
Emergency
Connector
PHOTO 89
VIEW 22
RED/WHT
16
RED/WHT
1 ,
RED
Parking
brake
switch
input
Vehicle
speed
input I
A12
GRN/WHT
r
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
Right
Convertible
Top Motor
PHOTO 96
VIEW 23
1 A
BLK
B6
WHT/BLK
See Parking"" ^~
Brake j |
Position I I
Circuit, ' |
page 15-2. ^ I
See
Vehicle
Speed
Sensor Signal
1 Circuit
page 15-7.
r 1 Gauge
I Vehicle | Assembly
Speed ! PHOTO 65
I Output I VIEW 182
4-
Parking Brake
Switch
1 = Parking
brake applied
PHOTO 79
VIEW 44
1
I Y
L.
A14 i
t .u?»finlled !;y
\0.
Fuse
20A
18
"""j Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
I Box
PHOTO 46
j VIEW 188
1 Power
. rv , I Window
Passengers Passengersj yaster window
down (+)
output
window
up (+)
output
1 Switch
I PHOTO 97
L _ 3. — — zz zz_ _ J
13 " "
BLU/WHT
15:
BLU/WHT
B7A
Controlled by
Up
- -7
B3
2 *
BLUAA/HT
B4
RED
2 A
BLU/RED
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
BLU/RED
16A
BLU/RED
i
[ Window
up(+)
1^ output
4
Window
clown (r)
output
~ , 1 Passenger's Passenger's | Power y
window 1 Window
uf{'\°[ [Switch
down(-) PHOTO 106
OUtput VIEW 127
C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
BLU/RED
11
BLU/RED
BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
B8 B9 A
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
'1 Convertible
1 Top Control
Unit
PHOTO 85
VIEW 178
B10
Passenger's
Power
Window
Motor
PHOTO 101
VIEW 67
Driver's window
down control
output
B2" "
Optional
hardtop
CONNECTED
signal
See page
14-5.
•7
1 v
BLU/ORN
B5
26
LT GRN
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171 LT GRN
See Rear
Window
Defogger
C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
1 Power
Window
Master
Switch
PHOTO 97
I VIEW 150
C601
PHOTO 103
VIEW 92
Convertible Top
Disable Switch
1 = Hardtop
installed
PHOTO 104
VIEW 21
See page 14-67J
JL G601
~ PHOT0117
Removable Hardtop
HOT AT ALL TIMES
i"T use 5 Fuse 26
li^BSIIIll
"~] Under-dash
i Fuse/Relay
| Box
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
r 1 Ceiling Lights/
| j Spotlights
L*^J PHOTO 109
§ See page 10-5.
YEL
r
L_
YEL
16 ,
Ignition
j input
I Light flash Ignition key
• oi*U>-;i switch input
WHT
See page 1 °~8^j
BLK/WHT
2 ¥
GRN/YEL
GRN/YEL
VIEW 100
1 ? C452
PHOTO 84
VIEW 70
WHT
8 A
input
5 4 C451
^rmm/m I PHOTO 83 GRN/YEL 1 VIEW 160
""""""1 Keyless
| Door Lock
Control
Unit
-rourH ' PHOTO 54
*'"____J VIEW 162
13 ¥
HOT AT ALL TIMES
FT
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
, Fuse 25 | Box
' '-'A ' PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
WHT/RED
r
L
WHT/RED
A10 A
See page 10-8,
J
CPU
A5
17
Wl
(Tk Door
Indicate
See Illumination
(Positive) Circuit,
page 15.
B6
REDA/VHT
RED/WHT
19
REDAA/HT
A14
GRN
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
20* _ .
GRN
RED/WHT
Exterior
Lights
REDAA/HT
3 ,
Ignition Key
. . , i 0/1 I Switch
! 1 m?4es I ill 1 = Key in
j Unit 1 ^ - - -
A13
LT GRN/RED
19A
LT GRN/RED
r See Ground"!
Distribution •
PHOTO 120 1
VIEW 104 BLK
r
ignition
)TO 68
VIEW 132
See page 14-3.
Driver's
Door
Switch
W 1 = Door
open
PHOTO 93
VIEW 2
]- Gauge
J Assembly
I PHOTO 65
; VIEW 182
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
Passenger's
Door Switch
1 = Door open
PHOTO 96
VIEW 2
j
M. G401
~ PHOTO 53
See page 14-5.
J
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
Passenger*?
Door Lock
Actuator
PHOTO 107
VIEW 25
PNK/BLK
6 ^
PNK/BLK
J Unlock
J fiiynai {-!)
• Lock
6 "~
( Fuse 47
15A
-> See page 10-2.
T .1.1.
Horn
A11 T
ORN
r
_7A
Unlock
signal (-f)
Unlock
input (-)
A8
BLU/RED
See Horn Relay
Control Circuit,
page 15-3.
A9
BLU/RED
Low
Horn
PHOTO 25
VIEW 4
Main
Under-hood
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
f ieifiy
Lock Solenoid
control
f-.witch
input
High
Horn
PHOTO 22
VIEW 3
1 Keyless
| Door Lock
Control Unit
PHOTO 54
| VIEW 162
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
10
PNK/BLK
B1 A
11
A3 A
10
YEL/BLK
12
YEL/BLK
A1 A
r 1 Trunk Lid
| | Opener
L_- J Switch
BLK/YEL
PHOTO 77
VIEW 57
12 *
BLK/YEL
* C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
1
BLU
B2
YEL/GRN
Actuator
A2
Knob
Switch
Driver's
Door Latch
1 = Unlock
2 = Lock
PHOTO 102
VIEW 179
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
Trunk Lid
Opener
Solenoid/
Latch Switch
PHOTO 125
VIEW 90
15
3 e
WHT
1 *
BLK/
RED
0
See page 14-5^
2
BLK
l_
BLK
Trunk Lid |
Opener |
Solenoid |
I
C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
^ Trunk |
~* Light |
2 *
BLK
See page 14-6.^ r
L
BLK
Driver's Door
Key Cylinder
Switch
1 = Unlock
PHOTO 102
VIEW 24
See page 14-5
J
G501
PHOTO 59
HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
Fuse 2
I5A
To page
132-2.
""J Under-dash
i Fuse/Relay
j Box
j PHOTO 46
| VIEW 188
I
rr-
A17
~j Main
fuse 46 I Under-hood
15A I Fuse/Relay
J Box
J PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
WHT/GRN
11
See page"!
JO-11. _j
C201
PHOTO 83
VIEW 157 WHT/GRN
WHT/GRN
1
WHT/GRN
4 1
2
YEL/BLK
BLK/YEL BLK/YEL
5 ? C453
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
BLK/YEL
L
To page
132-1.
BLK/YEL
E9 A
BLK/YEL
1 A
YEL/BLK
5
• -
I
YEL/BLK
2
YEL/GRN
YEL/GRN
5 A
r
See page~l
10-11. j
3
GRN/YEL
11 ? C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
7 $ C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
~1 Fuel
I Tank Unit
f> S PHOTO 124
Pump VIEW 113
Fuel
4 ' "
BLK
r See page 14-6
J
G601
PHOTO 117
GRN/YEL
E17JL
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 2
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
3
GRN
r
rSee Power Source"1 10 y C4^3
for ECM Circuit,
page 15-6.
YEL/BLK
A2A
GRN
- C104
(Terminals
1-10)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
GRN
PGM-FI
Main
Relay 1
PHOTO 48
VIEW 185
See page
10-11
n
PHOTO 82
VIEW 143
(Kil'l)
Power
input
Ground
(LGI)
(IMOfi i{i
Fuel
pump
control
A9
BRN/YEL
BRN/YEL
r
BRN/YEL
YC104
(Terminals 16-20)
PHOTO 55
VIEW 163
See page 14.
(IGP2J
Power
input
Ground
(PG1)
A5
r
L_
(IGP1)
Power
input
E7 A
Relay I PHOTO eo
control VIEW 180
Ground
A4
See page 14.
_J
JL G101
- PHOTO 38
t i f
; SA
See page
10-8.
Under-dash
| Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
WHT/RED
V
To page
132-2.
From page 132.
\A7
BLK/YEL
61
LT BLU
GRN/WHT
See Parking Brake
Position Circuit,
page 15-2.
_J
GRNAA/HT
See DLC Input/
Output Circuit,
page 15-8.
GRN/WHT
17
GRNAA/HT
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
GRNAA/HT
r™n DLC
[ I PHOTO 62
1 ' VIEW 154
B23
r "1 Gauge
1 &
I i Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
WHT/RED
r
L
WHT/RED
A3 A
See page 10-8.
_J
See page 10-8 n
®
Indicators
Immobilizer
System
Indicator
^ Gauge
| Assembly
I PHOTO 65
I VIEW 182
|c,/o,]
A4
PNK
24 Y C404
PHOTO 51
PNK VIEW 170
5
Immobilizer
Control Unit-
Receiver
PHOTO 68
VIEW 133
GRN/WHT
From
page
132-2.
GRN/WHT
GRNAA/HT
r
L
GRN/WHT
E3
See Ground foH
ECM Sensors I
(LG3) Circuit, I
page 15-9. ^
8 ¥
RED/BLU
To page
132-2.
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
Parking Brake
Switch
1
Sensor
Parking brake | around
applied
PHOTO 79
VIEW 44
E27l_
OMOCD) 1 ECM
Immobilizer I ™°T°!°
code input VIEW 180
Immobilizer System
From page
132.
\B/
A
From page
132-1.
To page
132-1.
From page
132-1.
V
WHT/RED
KF..Y
our
Imoes Unit
PHOTO 129
VIEW 104
RED/WHT
RED/WHT
19
RED/WHT
RED/WHT
C404
PHOTO 51
VIEW 170
T ~j Ignition Key
" X'"'""Ignition Key I Switch/Key
/ 1 Switch | Light
s 1 1 = Key in i PHOTO 68
™H ignition VIEW 132
RED/WHT
B6 Jt
r 1 Gauge
I I Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
13 JL
r 1 Keyless Door
I j Lock Control
L J Unit
«J PH0T0 54
VIEW 162 % G401
(See page 14-3)
PHOTO 53
How the Circuit Works
The immobilizer system is designed to prevent the
vehicle from being started without the owner's
ignition key. If an attempt is made to start the
vehicle with any other key, the immobilizer system
will not enable the vehicle's fuel supply system.
The immobilizer system consists of the ignition
key, immobilizer control unit-receiver, immobilizer
system indicator, PGM-FI main relays, fuel pump,
Imoes unit, and the ECM.
Battery voltage is supplied at all times through fuse
25 (in the under-dash fuse/relay box) to the
immobilizer control unit-receiver, and to the Imoes
unit. With the ignition switch in ON (11), the
immobilizer control unit-receiver, Imoes unit and
the ECM receive battery voltage through fuse 2 (in
the under-dash fuse/relay box).
The ignition key transponder examines the ignition
key, then sends a coded signal back to the ECM
through the immobilizer control unit-receiver, and
Imoes unit. If the ignition key signal is correct, the
ECM will enable the vehicle's fuel supply system
by grounding the PGM-FI main relay 2. The
immobilizer system indicator flashes a code to
indicate that a correct ignition key has been
inserted. If the ignition key signal is not correct, the
ECM will not ground the PGM-FI main relay 2,
which will not enable the vehicle's fuel supply
system. The immobilizer system indicator then
flashes a code to indicate that an incorrect ignition
key has been inserted.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 22, Body
Electrical) for specific tests and troubleshooting
procedures.
Secyrity System
- Honda Accessory ~~
HOT IN ON
I T Fuse .5
| i 7.5A
HOT AT ALL TIMES HOT AT ALL TIMES
- — -— _____—_ —— «j under-dash
Ti
YEL
r
L
YEL
16 i
YEL
YEL
See page 10-5,
WHT
n r
J L
WHT
8
WHT
Fuse 26
15A
r
« unuer-uasn
Fuse 25 I Fuse/Relay
I 7 5A BOX
T 1 PHOT
WHT/RED
WHT/RED
Keyless Door
1 ^ ,*r^~ A10 Lock Control /
Unit f
Connector
VIEW 162
PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
See page 10-8
!
I
WHT WHT WHT
To page To page
133-2. 133-1.
IT
V
To page
133-2.
YEL/BLU
11
Security
In-line
Fuse 2
VIEW 52
1 A
fiaimoe i GaUge daug-„s j Assemb|y
i * and j PHOTO es
Indicators VIEW 182
•|h~
A-w
HOT AT ALL TIMES
Under-hood
Fuse 47
15A
' See page
L,0f_
Horn
Relay
WHT
V
To page
133-3.
A11
ORN
>
J- I /^X " Security
T S v+y Indicator
"II
^ Gauges and
Indicators
\ 3A
2
WHT/BLU
10
A17 Y
ORN
3
ORN
Security BLK BLK/YEL
In-line o
Fuse 1 c.
VIEW 51
r See page"! r See page"!
L
14-5. j
BLK BLK/YEL
A20
I
2j ^ ]
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
Low
Horn
PHOTO 25
VIEW 4
High
Horn
PHOTO 22
VIEW 3
See Horn Relay
Control Circuit,
page 15-3.
A Keyless Door Lock
Control Unit Connector
VIEW 162
Security LED
Connector
PHOTO 59
VIEW 106
ORN
- PHOTO 59 14 ,
ORN
r t I Keyless Door
j Relay control t Lock Control
! Unit
1_ pH0T0 54
VIEW 162
__8 _A
~~ Security
| Control
J
Unit
VIEW 168
GRN/RED
6
BLK/WHT
13
BLK
11 iL___2fi!
r "I Keyless Door
I I I nr.k Control
' I \vj I www L*rvsv/l
i Lock Control
l Unit
PHOTO 54
VIEW 162
5
BLU
1 §
BLU
rip
I AI
i - *
BLK
3 #
Security
Disarm
J Switch
^ VIEW 87
BLK
NOTE: Wires that look like this S S
are part of the Honda Accessory harness
installed between factory harness
connectors/component sockets.
BLK
V
To page
133-2.
NOTE: Wires that look like this S S From
are part of the Honda Accessory harness paqe j 33
installed between factory harness ~—7
connectors/component sockets. \§/
PNK/BLU
15 $ C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
18
PNK/BLU
18
7 A
WHT
3 A
YEL/RED
Keyless Door
Lock Control
Unit Connector
VIEW 162
7 A
— —. -|
Unlock
relay
I control I
L»__-J
Security
Control Unit
VIEW 168 YEL/WHT
Driver's Only
Unlock Relay
VIEW 124
1 T
PNK/BLK
Passenger's
Door Lock
Actuator
PHOTO 107
VIEW 25
Unlock
signal {•+)
Lock
siijna! (i)
7 A
!j.)l(n:k
Unlock
input ( -)
Lock
input (-)
Keyless
• ., tX I Door Lock
Si9na! <+> Control Unit
i PHOTO 54
I VIEW 162
-Switch
input
PNK/BLK
PNK/BLK
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
6 y
9
YEL
PNK/BLK
10
B1 A
11
A3 A
(M\ - - - —
^ Door Lock
Actuator
10
YEL/BLK
10~
12
A1 A
15
WHT
15 Keyless Door
Lock Control
Unit Connector
VIEW 162
B2
YEL/GRN
A2
BLK
r
L_
i<noh
j-w'it.h
Driver's Door
Latch
1 = Unlock
2 = Lock
PHOTO 102
VIEW 179
C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
# Driver's Door
0/ 1 j Key Cylinder
Switch
1 = Unlock
PHOTO 102
VIEW 24
See page 14-5,
_J
G501
PHOTO 59 (cont'd)
Security System
- Honda Accessory -
NOTE: Wires that look like this S=
are part of the Honda Accessory harness
installed between factory harness connectors/
component sockets.
BLK/WHT
2
GRN/YEL
1
GRN/YEL
5
GRN/YEL
From page
133.
From page
133.
* T Ceiling Lights/
J Spotlights
I PHOTO 109
* VIEW 100
C452
PHOTO 84
VIEW 70
C451
PHOTO 83
VIEW 160
2 if Keyless Door
Lock Control
Unit Connector
VIEW 162
. j VIEW 168
~j Keyless Door
"si Lock Control
Unit
PHOTO 54
VIEW 162
~^ PHOTO 59
ri . .. 7s Keyless Door
[Trunk hd| Lock Control
i °Pefie,r 1 Unit
signal PHOTO 54
8 VIEW 162
5^
12 i
BLK/YEL
WHT/GRN
Fuse 23
IDA
WHT/GRN
Keyless Door
Lock Control
Unit Connector
VIEW 162
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
r
From
page 133.
WHT/GRN
7A
L
V 1
RED/BLK
r
WHT
2 A
5.
Trunk Lid
Opener
Relay
L
RED/
BLK
Taillight
Relay
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
"l Under-dash
I Fuse/Relay
Box
j PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
3,
BLU
See ~l
Illumination ,
(Positive)
Circuit, '
page 15. i
—1 13 A
I 1 Trunk Lid
| | Opener
i j Switch
^TT*"* PHOTO 77
1 1 VIEW 57
BLK/YEL
12 ¥
V VIEW 107
BLK/ORN
20 Jl
T\ Exterior
Lights viz
Combination Light
Switch Connector
VIEW 153
See Ground
|^ Distribution
BLK
n
17 A
j Trunk lid
open
* control ...r_
Trunk lid
latch switch
input
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
BLK/YEL
1 «
BLU/BLK
1 '
BLU/BLK
r
BLU/BLK
3
BRN
Trunk Lid
Opener
Solenoid
~] Security
I Control Unit
j VIEW 168
J
YEL/RED
Security LED
Connector
PHOTO 59
VIEW 106
See Trunk Lid
Position Circuit,
page 15-3.
1 $ C51
VIEW 191
YEL/RED
2&
YEL/RED
NOTE: Wires that look like this S= =§
are part of the Honda Accessory harness
installed between factory harness
connectors/component sockets.
BLK
2 ?
BLK
r
Trunk Lid
Latch Switch
1 = Trunk
open
Trunk Lid
Opener
Solenoid/
Latch
Switch
PHOTO 125
VIEW 90
13
r
(
L.
12
BLK
= 1 Combination
j Light Switch
J PHOTO 67
w VIEW 153
12 ^ Combination
Light Switch
Connector
VIEW 153
4 Mir
See page 14-6.
Security
Hood
Switch
1 = Hood
open
VIEW 50
G51
See page 14-3
G401
PHOTO 53
r 1 Keyless Door
I I Lock Control
! I Unit
PHOTO 54
BLK/YEL
12 * C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
HOT AT ALL TIMES
I 1 J Under-dash
I I Fuse 26 I Fuse/Relay
' 15A ! Box
WHT
r
PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
_ J
| See page 10-8.^
WHT
21
Trunk Lid
Opener
Switch
V— PHOTO 77
VIEW 57
1 ?
BLU
Trunk « id
Opener
Solenoid
Trunk
^Jk^ Indicate;
A12
BLU/BLK
mm~ Gauge
I Assembly
PHOTO 65
VIEW 182
See Trunk Lid
Position Circuit,
page 15-3.
~1
18
BLU/BLK
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
3 ?
BRN
Trunk ! id
Latch
Switch
1 = Trunk
open
S ~ j Trunk
iT\ Li9ht
K / PHOTO 123
' . VIEW 58 • T 1
2 "
BLU/BLK
Trunk Lid
Opener
Solenoid/
Latch
Switch
PHOTO 125
VIEW 90
See page 14-6.^
NOTE: See page 10-4 for details of Fuse 19.
HOT IN ON WITH ENGINE NOT CRANKING
I Fpuse 19 |
YEL/BLK
r
L
YEL/BLK
9 .
Under-dash
Fuse/Relay
1 Box
PHOTO 46
1 VIEW 188
See page 10-7.
Interna! Switch Positions
Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3
Mirror
direction
selected
UP A B B
Mirror
direction
selected
DOWN B A A Mirror
direction
selected LEFT A A B
Mirror
direction
selected
RIGHT B B A
Power
Mirror
Switch
PHOTO 97
VIEW 141
Switch 1 i Switch 2
fil.-i'M
A 4- - 4 8
f Switch 3
Mirror Selector Switch
5
GRN/WHT
BRN BRN
Up/Down
—{(M)B—
Left/Right
<5> "
13 & C502
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
GRNAA/HT BLU/WHT
3 Y
RED/BLU
2 &
12
GRNAA/HT
3
Left
Power
Mirror
PHOTO 100
VIEW 84
BLU
Up/Down
13
BLUAA/HT
1
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
YEL
Left/Right
Right
Power
Mirror
PHOTO 100
VIEW 84
10
BLK
See page"!
14-5. j
J± G501
PHOTO 59
How the Circuit Works
The two outside mirrors are controlled by the power
mirror switch. Each mirror has two reversible motors:
one motor moves the mirror up and down, and the
other motor moves the mirror left and right.
The power mirror switch contains three switches to
control mirror direction and two switches to select the
left or right mirror. With the ignition switch in ON (II)
and the engine not cranking, battery voltage is
supplied to the power mirror switch through fuse 19
(in the under-dash fuse/relay box). The mirror
selector switch directs voltage from two of the
direction switches to either the left or the right mirror.
Each direction switch is used for more than one
function.
Mirror Up
With the power mirror switch in the up position,
switch 1 is moved to the A position. Switch 1 applies
battery voltage to both the left and right power mirror
up/down motors. If the mirror selector switch is in the
left position, the left up/down motor is grounded
through the mirror selector switch and switch 2 in the
B position to G501. If the right mirror up/down motor
is selected, it is also grounded through switch 2 in
the B position.
Mirror Left
With the power mirror switch in the let position,
switches 1 and 2 are moved to the A position. Switch
2 applies battery voltage to the left or right power
mirror left/right motor as determined by the mirror
selector switch. The selected mirror motor is
grounded through switch 3 in the B position to G501.
When switch 2 is moved to position A, it also applies
battery voltage to the selected mirror up/down motor.
With switch 1 in the A position, battery voltage is
supplied to both sides of the up/down motor, so it
does not move.
Mirror Right
With the power mirror switch in the right position,
switch 3 is moved to the A position. Switch 3 applies
battery voltage through the mirror selector switch to
the left or right left/right motor. The motor is
grounded through the mirror selector switch and
switch 2 in the B position to G501.
Refer to the Service Manual (Section 22, Electrical)
for specific tests or troubleshooting procedures.
Mirror Down
With the power mirror switch in the down position,
switches 2 and 3 are moved to the A position. Switch
2 applies battery voltage to the left or right power
mirror up/down motor as determined by the mirror
selector switch. The selected mirror motor is
grounded through switch 1 in the B position to G501.
When switch 2 is moved to position A, it also applies
battery voltage to the selected mirror left/right motor.
With switch 3 in the A position, battery voltage is
supplied to both sides of the left/right motor, so it
does not move.
USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
NOTE: ACC Cut Relay opens while engine is cranking.
HOT IN ACC OR ON HOT AT ALL TIMES
I
YEL/RED
4
Fuse 9
10A
"T" ~l Under-dash
7 Fuse 22 I Fuse/Relay
< ruse ££ Box
5A PHOTO 46
I VIEW 188
See page 10-4.
BLU/WHT
5 A
ACC Cut
Relay
PHOTO 50
VIEW 174
WHT/ RED
r
L
WHT/ RED
3 ¥
LT BLU j
See page 10-4
SJ7 AM/FM
Antenna
Power
input •Shield
YEL
2
J
15 * C403
PHOTO 51
VIEW 159
A2 A
To page 150-1.
A10 X
A1 ^
I AM/FM
Antenna Antenna
0UtpuLJ Amplifier
PHOTO 126
VIEW 14
C551
PHOTO 73
VIEW 71
Antenna Lead Connector
PHOTO 72
Switched
ignition input
A9
RED/BLK
Audio remote
switch input
GRN/RED
Battery
input
Audio remote
MUTE input LF
^CIVY"""~"*~^A8 """
Antenna
amplifier
Shield
A
See Dash and
Console Lights
To page
150-1.
From page
150-1.
GRN/YEL
A18
v C502
GRY/RED
A7
PHOTO 57
VIEW 166
GRN/BLK
A17
LT GRN
Antenna
input
A19
V
To page
150-1.
"~1 Audio
I Unit
, PHOTO 72
I VIEW 175
Ground
BLK
r
L
BLK
C504
PHOTO 88
VIEW 161
See page"!
14-5. j
G502
PHOTO 87
LT GRN GRN/BLK
Driver's
Door
Speaker
LT GRN j
Passenger's
Door
Speaker
PHOTO 99
VIEW 53
1 Y
BLK
2
RED
Right
Tweeter
PHOTO 98
VIEW 62
See Dash and
Console Lights
RED/BLK
3 A
To page 150.
A
YEL/BLU
1 A
From page 150. From page 150.
\A> \B/
GRN/RED
2 A 6 A
®
Indicator
Light
(LED)
Remote Mute Circuit
Audio Unit
Mfrjinoie
Switch \. It; 5)1
PHOTO is
VIEW 175
L
Mute Switch
•;-i\w • —A>W
270Q
7
Volume
Up
Switch
2 2kL>
"VW
7
Volume
Down
Switch 7
Channel
Switch
7
Mode
Switch
From page 150.
V
RED
See Dash and
Console Lights
See page 14-5 1
G501
PHOTO 59
(cont'd)
150-1
Audio System
- USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada (cont'd)
Driver's
Left Rear
Speaker
PHOTO 103
VIEW 54
1
BLU/YEL
BLK
2
GRY/RED
BLU/YEL
1 $"
BLU/YEL
A6
in-
RED/YEL
Driver's
Right Rear
Speaker
PHOTO 103
VIEW 88
-z • i ^wmm
BLK
3.
BRNAA/HT
Passenger's
Right Rear
Speaker
PHOTO 108
VIEW 55
2
BRN/WHT
17
BRNAA/HT
A15 A5
Passenger's
Left Rear
Speaker
PHOTO 108
VIEW 89
WHT
1 *
BLU/YEL
3 1
GRY/RED
GRY/RED
A16
C501
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
LR- ~l Audio
| Unit
I PHOTO 72
3 VIEW 175
(cont'd on page 150-3 (CD Changer) or
page 150-4 (XM Radio))
Honda Accessory (cont'd from page 150-2)
CD Changer (Canada) NOTE: Wires that look like this S= =5
are part of the Honda Accessory harness
installed between factory harness
connectors/component sockets.
B1 If B2 Tf B4 Tf B5 if B8
1
BLK
2
RED
4 JL 5 JL 8 A
BLK
B9
9
WHT
B10
10 JL
B12
YEL
121
B13
GRN
13
GRN
r~l Audio
I Unit
I PHOTO 72
I VIEW 175
i
CD
Changer
CD Changer (USA) See XM Radio, page 150-4.
WHT/
RED
XM Receiver
Connector A
PHOTO 119
VIEW 190
To this
page
CD
Changer
LT BLU
A1
PNK
A7
BRN
A2
BLK
A4
RED
A5
GRN
A13
WHT
A6
BLK
A14
BLK
A3
ORN
A9
GRY
A10
PUR
A11
See XM Radio, page 150-4.
PURJi
A11 *"
BLK
r
L_
BLK
See page 14-6^
Audio System
- Honda Accessory (cont'd from page 150-2}
KM Radio (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C)
HOT AT ALL TIMES NOTE: Wires that look like this S= =5
r T 1 Under-dash
1 7 Fuse 25 1 Fuse/Relay
| Box
' J-* ; PHOTO 46
1 VIEW 188
L — 4-
WHT/
RED
are part of the Honda Accessory harness
installed between factory harness
connectors/component sockets.
r
WHT/
RED
WHT/
RED
See page 10-8.
"l Audio Unit
PHOTO 72
VIEW 175
I
hOU
fill1'.
B9 Y B10 Y B11 Y
BLK J WHT 1 BLK I
See page
14-5,
JL G502
C501 = PHOTO 87
PHOTO 58
VIEW 171
J
Honda Accessory JL G601
- PHOT0117
Accessory Power Socket
- USA: Base; Canada
NOTE: ACC Cut Relay opens while engine is cranking
^See page 10-4^
BLU/WHT
1
LT BLU
J^See page 10-4T|
HOT IN ACC OR ON
"T ~| Under-dash
I 7 Fuse 9 j Fuse/Relay
i ioA | Box
PHOTO 46
"I VIEW 188
I™.
YEL/RED
4A
3D
ACC Cut
Relay
PHOTO 50
tr~* VIEW 174
WHT/RED
r
WHT/RED
1 A
See page 10-4.
2
BLK
r
Accessory
Power Socket
PHOTO 78
VIEW 13
J See page 14-6.
j
A G601
"=• PHOTO 117
155
USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C
HOT AT ALL TIMES
1 Main
r See page 1 ! Under-hood
L 10.
Fuse 53
| Fuse/Relay
Box
PHOTO 17
VIEW 189
C31
3 9 C202
PHOTO 82
VIEW 136
BLU
2A
HOT IN ACC OR ON
n
YEL/RED
"| Under-dash
Fuse 9 I Fuse/Relay
™A | Box
1 PHOTO 46
VIEW 188
ACC Cut
Relay
PHOTO 50
XT" VIEW 174
See page 10-4,
Clutch Interlock
Switch
1 = Clutch pedal
pressed
PHOTO 45
VIEW 19
See page 14-3,
___ G401
— PHOTO 53
See page 10-4.
Accessory
Power Socket
Relay
Y PHOTO 52
WHT
22*
1
C401
PHOTO 57
VIEW 169
2
BLK
r
L_
BLK
Accessory
f I J Power Socket
Y PHOTO 78
-^jH VIEW 13
See page 14-6
r See page 14-3.^
G401
PHOTO 53
How to Use this Index
The Connector Index can help you find the
following info about a connector:
• Location in the Vehicle: Section 201,
Connector Locations, contains photos of all
the connectors, in their installed positions on
the vehicle.
• Identification of Terminals; Section 202,
Connector Terminal Views, contains the end
view of each connector and its terminals. It
- also describes the function of each wire in the
connector. (The Honda pattern for
numbering terminals is explained in the next
column.)
• Location on a Harness: Section 203,
Connector-to-Harness Locations, contains
drawings of the vehicle that show where
each wiring harness is routed. Connectors
on the harness are identified with "ref
numbers and listed in a table for each
harness. Each "Ref row in the table
describes the connector, its location, and any
harness (or ground) it connects to.
• Terminal Replacement: Section 204,
Terminal Replacement Procedures, contains
instructions covering how to install new
terminals, pigtail terminals and how to check
for poorly fitting terminals.
How to Identify Connector Terminals
Connector terminals are numbered according to
the cavities they are in. The cavities are
numbered starting from the upper left, looking at
the male terminals from the terminal side or
looking at the female terminals from the wire
side. Both views are in the same direction so the
numbers are the same. All actual cavities are
numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in
them.
NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals
are numbered according to SAE standard
J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of
the four end terminals are molded into the
corners of the connector face.
Wire Side
of
Female Terminals
Terminal Side
of
Male Terminals
The connector cavity number is listed next to
each terminal on the circuit schematic. The
cavity / terminal shown below is #6.
Cavity /
Terminal 6
Female
Terminal
i2l 0C3
Connector Location
Photo
number in
Section 2®i
Terminals
View
number in
Section 202
Harness
Page number / table
Ref number in
Section 203
Ring Terminals
G1 21 0/4
G2 30 0/12
G3 6 0/5 j
G4 26 0/14
G51 (Honda Accessory)
G101 38 2/8
G201 23 4/8
G301 10 6/2
G303 1 6/11
G351 20 0/3
G401 53 8/6
G402 84 10/20
G501 59 12/36
G502 87 12/35
G60 117 14/21
G602 116 15/13
G801 75 17713 :
G901 (Removable Hardtop) (USA: CR, CR Audio-A/C) 110 20 / 6
G902 (Removable Hardtop) (USA: CR, CR Audio-A/C) 111 20 /1
'. 18 0/1
T2 31 0/9
T3 30 0/11
T4 26 0/13 !
T5 30 0/10 j
T6 3 0 / 7
T7 3 0/6
T101 18 2 /1 ;
T102 27 2 / 25
T103 39 2 / 33
In-line Connectors. .. '
C51 (Honda Accessory) 191
C101 56 156 2/14 and 12/4
C102 56 128 2/13 and 12/5
C103 56 146 2/17 and 12/6
C104 (Junction Connector) 55 163 2/18
Connector Location
Photo
number in
Section 201
Terminals
View
number in
Section 202
Harness
Page number / table
Ref number in
Section 203
In-line Connectors (cont'd)
C105 34 91 2 / 28
C201 83 157 4/23 and 10/17
C202 82 136 4/24 and 10/23
C203 82 137 4/22 and 10/16
C204 82 164 4/21 and 12/25
C205 . 81 109 4/25 and 17/9
C301 43 152 6/16 and 8/14
C302 43 158 6/20 and 8/15
C303 51 165 6/ IS and 12/32
C304 47 138 6/17 and 12/31
C305 47 110 6/18and 17/14
C351 1 69 0 / 8 and 6 / 23
C401 57 169 8/5 and 14/1
C402 51 129 8/19 and 12/33
C403 51 159 8/18 anci 12/14
C404 51 170 8/17 and 12/15
C405 (Junction Connector) 53 142 8/7
C451 83 160 10/18and 12/24
C452 84 70 10/21 and 16/2
C453 82 143 10/15 and 12/22
C501 58 171 12/2 and 14/2
C502 57 166 32/Sand 18/2
C503 47 130 12/34 and 17/4
C504 88 161 12/26 and 19/1
C505 58 144 12/1 and 14/29
C507 (Junction Connector) 129 145
C551 (USA: Base, CR Audio-A/C; Canada) 73 71 12/21 and 16/3
C601 103 92 14/6 and 20/3
C602 (Softtop) (USA: Base; Canada) 120 72 14/13and21 13
C603 95 139 14/23 and 17/11
C650 113 192 14/ 28
C701 66 93
C901 (Removable Hardtop) 94 94 20 / 7 and 20 / 8
Connector Location
Photo
number in
Section 201
Terminals
View
number in
Section 202
Harness
Page number / table
Ref number in
Section 203
Component Connectors
A/C Compressor (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada) 29 1 2/23
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
(USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
10 11 4 / 1
A/C Pressure Switch
(USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
25 12 4/4
ACC Cut Relay 50 174 10/30
A/F Sensor 42 95 2/9 |
A/F Sensor Relay 49 103 10/2
Accessory Power Socket 78 13 15/6
Accessory Power Socket Relay 52 187 8/8
Air Mix Control Motor 87 131 10/9
Airbag First and Second Inflators
Driver's
Passenger's
66
87
96
97 17/8
Alternator 27 98 2/24
AM/FM Antenna Amplifier 126 14 16/4
Antenna Lead Connector 72
APP Sensor 6 116 6/9
Audio Remote Switch (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada) 63 117 12/10
Audio Unit (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
Connector A
Connector B
72 175
12/20
12/29
Back-up Light Switch 41 16 2/10
Back-up Light
Left
Right
122 15
14/16
15/11 !
Blower Motor 90 17 10/13 j
Blower Power Transistor 86 111 10/11
Brake Fluid Level Switch 5 18 6/15
Brake Pedal Position Switch 45 99 8/16
Brake/Side Marker/Taillight
Left
Right
122 73
14/14
15/9
Cable Reel
Connector A
Connector B
70
69
177
17/5
8/21
CD Changer (Honda Accessory) 147
Ceiling Light/Spotlights 109 100 16/1
Connector Location
Photo
number in
Section 201
Terminals
View
number in
Section 202
Harness
Page number / table
Ref number in
Section 203
Component Connectors (cont'd)
CKP Sensor 40 74 2/29
Clutch Interlock Switch 45 19 8/13
Clutch Pedal Position Switch 45 20 8/12
CMP Sensor 35 75 2/6
Combination Light Switch 67 153 8/20
Convertible Top Control Unit (USA: Base; Canada)
Connector A
Connector B
85 178
10/12
12/23
Convertible Top Disable Switch (Removable Hardtop)
(USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C)
104 21 20/5
Convertible Top Motor (USA: Base; Canada)
Left
Right
93
96
23
14/5
15/5
Convertible Top Motor Emergency Connector
(USA: Base; Canada)
89 22 10/22
Convertible Top Switch (USA: Base; Canada) 76 118 10/27
Cruise Control Main Switch 63 119 12/13
Cruise Control Set/Resume/Cancel Switch 66 101
DLC 62 154 10/28
Door Key Cylinder Switch, Driver's 102 24 18/7
Door Latch, Driver's
Connector A
Connector B
102 179
18/9
18/8
Door Lock Actuator, Passenger's 107 25 19/6
Door Switch
Driver's
Passenger's
93
96
2
14/4
15/4
Driver's Seat Position Sensor 113 26 14/28
DRL Control Unit 44 148 10/6
DRL Diode
1
2 (USA)
80
27
76
10/5
10/4
DRL Sub-control Unit (USA) 44 149 10/7
ECM
Connector A
Connector B
Connector D
Connector E
60 180
2/15
2/16
12/11
12/12
Connector Location
Photo
number in
Section 201
Terminals
View
number in
Section 202
Harness
Page number/table
Ref number in
Section 203
Component Connectors (cont'd)
ECT Sensor
1
2
37
12
28
29
2/32
6/1
ELD Unit 18 77 4/16
Engine Start Switch 63 112 12/7
EPS Control Unit
Connector A
Connector B
Connector C
181
4/17
4/19
0/2
EPS Motor 26 30 4/3
EPS Torque Sensor 11 78 4/2
EVAP Canister Purge Valve 8 31 6/25
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 91 32 14/9
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
(USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
86 33 10/10
FTP Sensor 92 79 14/8
Fuel Tank Unit 124 113
Gauge Assembly
Connector A
Connector B
65 182
12/17
' < 1 • :?
Hazard Warning Switch 76 140
Headlight, High Beam
Left
Right
14 80
6/3
<: 1 Z
Headlight, Low Beam
Left
Right
14 34
6/4
4/10
Heater Control Panel 64 172 12/18
High Beam Cut Relay 54 183 ',/ ;••
High Mount Brake Light 125 35 14/18
Horn
High
Low
22
25
3 4/15
4/6
Horn Switch 66 5
I AT Sensor 33 36 6/26
0/29 IG2 Relay 50 174
6/26
0/29
Ignition Coil Relay 49 103 10/1
Connector Location
Photo
number in
Section 201
Terminals
View
number in
Section 202
Harness
Page number/table
Ref number in
Section 203
Component Connectors (cont'd)
Ignition Coils
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
36 81
2/3
2/4
2/5
2/7
Ignition Key Switch 68 132 8/3
Immobilizer Control Unit-Receiver 68 133 8/2
Imoes Unit 129 104 10/19
Impact Sensor
Left Front
Right Front
13
37
38
6/5
4/12
Injectors
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
32 39
2/30
2/27
2/31
2/ IS
Intermittent Wiper Relay 2 120 6/13
Keyless Door Lock Control Unit (Factory) 54 162 12/S
Keyless Door Lock Control Unit Connector
(Honda Accessory)
162 -2/S
Knock Sensor 31 6 2/26
License Plate Light 127 40 15/12
MAP Sensor 28 82 2/22
MES Connector 46 41 •s;//-;
Mode Control Motor 61 134 10/8
Noise Condenser 121 42 14/10
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor 41 83 2/12
Outside Air Temperature Sensor 25 43 4/5
Parking Brake Switch 79 44 10/24
Parking/Side Marker Light
Left Front
Right Front
15 45
6/8
4/13
Passenger's Airbag Cut-Off Indicator 71 105 12/19
Passenger's Weight Sensor Unit
Connector A
Connector B
Connector C
115 184
15/2
PGM-FI Main Relay
1
2
48 185
10/3
10/31
Connector Location
Photo
number in
Section 201
Terminals
View
number in
Section 202
Harness
Page number / table
Ref number in
Section 203
Component Connectors (cont'd)
Power Mirror
Left
Right
100 84
18/1
19/2
Power Mirror Switch 97 141 18/5
Power Window Master Switch 97 150 18/4
Power Window Motor
Driver's
Passenger's
101
108
67
18/6
19/5
Power Window Switch, Passenger's 106 127 19/4
Radiator Fan Motor 23 46 4 / 7
Rear Window Defogger
Removable Hardtop
Connector A
Connector B
Softop (USA; Base; Canada)
Connector A
Connector B
110
112
7
8
20/4
20/2
21 /1
21 12
Rear Window Defogger Change Relay
(USA; Base; Canada)
120 121 14/12
Rear Window Defogger Diode (USA: Base; Canada) 120 47 14/11
Rear Window Defogger Relay 52 183 8/11
Rear Window Defogger Switch 76 122 10/26
Recirculation Control Motor 88 135 10/14
Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid (VTEC Solenoid Valve) 39 9 2 1 2.
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch (VTEC Oil Pressure Switch) 39 48 2 1 34
Seat Belt Buckle Switch
Driver's
Passenger's
113
114
85
86
14/3
15/1
Seat Belt Tensioner
Driver's
Passenger's
105 49
17/12
17/10
Secondary H02S 41 102 2/11
Security Control Unit (Honda Accessory) 168
Security Disarm Switch (Honda Accessory) 87
Security Hood Switch (Honda Accessory) 50
Security In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory)
1
2
51
52
Security LED Connector 59 106 12/8
Connector Location Terminals Harness
Photo View Page number / table
number in number in Ref number in
Section 201 Section 202 Section 203
Component Connectors (cont'd) • •' '
Speaker (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
Driver's Door 99 53 18/3
Driver's Left Rear 103 54 14/26
Driver's Right Rear 103 88 14/27
Passenger's Door 99 53 19/3
Passenger's Left Rear 108 89 15/3
Passenger's Right Rear 108 55 15/8
SRS Unit 74 186
Connector A 17/6
Connector B 17/7
Starter 31
Starter Solenoid 31 10 2/20
Steering Angle Sensor 67 114 8/22
| Test Tachometer Connector 1 56 6/14
Throttle Actuator Control Module 81 155 12/28
Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay 52 187 8/9
i! TPMS Control Unit 128 167 8/4
TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator 27 123 2/21
Trunk Lid Opener Relay (Honda Accessory) 107
I Trunk Lid Opener Solenoid/Latch Switch 125 90 14/17
Trunk Lid Opener Switch 77 57 14/24
!i ' ' ' ' ' '
Trunk Light 123 58 14/20
Turn Signal Light
Left Front 15 59 6/6
Left Rear 122 60 14/15
Left Side 16 61 6/12
Right Front 15 59 4/14
Right Rear 122 60 15/10
Right Side 16 61 4/20
Tweeter (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada) 98 62
! Left 18/10
j Right
19/7
Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box 188
Connector A 46 17/2
Connector B 46 17/3
Connector C
Connector D
Under-hood Fuse Box, Auxiliary 4 176
: Connector A 6/22
, Connector B 6/10
Connector Location Terminals Harness
Photo View Page number / table
number in number in Ref number in
Section 201 Section 202 Section 203
Comport-J C*mm^y\& ^cont'd)
Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box, Main 17 189
Connector A 4/29
Connector B 4/28
Connector C 4/27
Connector D 4/26
Unlock Relay, Driver's Only (Honda Accessory) 124
VSA Modulator-Control Unit 7 173 6/24
VSA Off Switch 64 125 12/30
VSA Sensor Cluster 95 126 14/25
Wheel Speed Sensor
Left Front 10 63 6/7
Left Rear 118 64 14/7
Right Front 22 65 4/11
Right Rear 118 66 15/7
Windshield Washer Motor 24 68 4/18
Windshield Wiper Motor 9 115 6/21
Wiper/Washer Switch 69 151 8/1
XM Receiver (USA) 119 190
Connector A 14/19
1. Left Side of Engine Compartment 4. Left Side of Engine Compartment
7. Left Side of Engine Compartment ' 10. Left Side ©f Engine Compartment
9. Below Cowl Cower 12- Leaf* Side of Engine Compartment
wmw/m
Left Prom
impact
SeEioor i /;: .
lilar)
• Left Side
Turn Srgsial
14. Behln lllght (Right Similar)
IHIII^IHHHHHH
Left HeacfigSii
(Lorn" Beam)
Connector
2-GRY)
Let I
Headlight
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
(High Beam) \r
light Side ©f Eni mpartment
15. Behind Left Headlight (Right Similar)
LD Uri
71 TlOl u..
19. Right Side of Engine Compartment 22. Right Side ©f Engine Compartment
EPS
Control
Unit
Conn
] (2-GRY) Connector 8 ' Connector 0
(14-GRY) \ GRY)
| Right Front
Wheel Speed
Sensor
Connector
(2-ORN)
Horn
(1-BLK)
20. Right Sid© ©f Engine Compartment 23. Bight Sid© of Engine Compartment
••I
3ight Side of Engine Compartment 24. Behind Right Front Wheel Weii
Windshield
Washer
Motor
(2-BRN/NAT)
25. Behind Center of Front Bumper
Outside Air
Temperature
Sensor
(2-GRY)
Mil
A/C Pressure
Switch (USA: Base, ,
Or: .V:dc:
Canada)
(2-GRY)
26. Engine Compartment (Below Front Beam)
mmmm
28, Lefi Sicis of Engine
ilAP Sensor
(3-BLK)
19
(USA: Base, GR Aud Canada)
Connector
27. LOC; ;Y/C ^/l ^-yy.ie 30. Left Side of Engine
TP
Sensor/Throttle
Actuator
:ernator 8102
(4-BLU)
33. Middle of Engine 36. Middle of Engine
1 ECT Sensor 1
. (2-BLK)
40. Front of Engine
3©* Near oi engine
G101
(Behind)
Side of Transmission
HH[BH Back-up I
HHHH Light Switch I
•HHi (2-GRY) Jl
Output Shaft
(Countershaft) y ' -::
! Speed Sensor
(3-BLK)
Rocker Arm Oil
Control Solenoid
(VTEC Solenoid •
Valv®} Connector
(1-GRY)
T103
/
42. Transmission Housing
Connector
4 of Dash 46. Under Left Side of Dash
i Unit
45, ImQQr IMl Sid© 3J Dmh 5id© of Dash
IIMM PGM-FI Main fl| PGM-FI Main I
JHHHH| Relay 2 mm Relay 1 I
(S-BLtl) I y-BLU)
•••• (Behind) •HHHHH!
49. Under Left Side of Dash
50. Under Left bid® of Dash
51. Under Left Side of DasSi
52. Under Left Side of Dash
53. Under Left Side of Dash
54. Under Left Side of Dash
55. Behind Left Kick Panel 58. Behind Left Kick Panel
56. Behind Left Kick Panel iehind Left Kick Parse!
63. Left of Steering Wheel 66, Steering Wheel (Airbag Inflator Removed)
§7. In Steering Column Cower
-VflHfl^lHfllflHIli
Combination Bering
. Light Switch ' "J Angle Sensor
(1S-GRY) , (5-GRN)
68. In Steering Column Cower
Immobilizer ignition
Control Key Switch
Unit-Receiver (7-GRN)
(7-WHT)
(Behind)
Si. In Steering Colui
.i Connector B
) (3-GRY)
HHHHHl Switch
HHHH {14-GRY)
HHiHHHB (Behind)
70. In Steering Column Oc::c;
ir of Dash
ag Cut-off
Indicator
* (4-GRN)
Audi© Unit
mm
Connector B Connector A Antenna Lead
(14-WHT) (2Q-LT BLU) Connector
79. Below Center of Console 82. Under Right Side of Dash
80. Under Middle of Dash Jnder Right Side of Dash
81- Under Right Side of Da- ."..
C':.'„ • .-Right •:: -sh
88. Under Right Srefe of Dash
1 inder Right Side of Dash
HQiMin
£*], Vir^r Left Side of Floor
Shut Valve
§4. Behind Left Side Rear Trim (Removable Hardtop)
•Hi
HHP
CSC1
" . - MO) CR AJ«
id Rear &1
96, Behind Rlgl^ Sids- Rom "Mm
. Passenger's
Door Switch
[ (1 -NAT)
Iff
1
100. Driver's Door (Passeni
Left Power
j Mirror
Connector
(3-GRY)
98. Driver's Door (Passenger's Similar) 101. Driver's Door (Passenger's Similar}
Driver's Power Window
liotor Connector
(4-GRY/LT GRN) (Driver's)
(2-GRY) (Passenger's)
Driver's Dc
Speaker
(USA: Base
CR Audio -
Canada)
(2-GRY)
•I
Driver's Doorj
Latch
(3-GRY)
(Behind)
Driver's Door
Latch
Connector B
(Behind)
Driver's Door Key
Cylinder Switch
L.V.-J; :
•:
(Behind)
). Under Driver's Roll Bar (USA: Base, CR Audio 106. r
Driver's Left C601 I
I Rear Speaker H^(3-GRY) I
Connector
' (2-BLK)
Passenger'sI
Power
Window i
Switch •
(6-GRM)
104. Under Driver's Roll Bar (ResieOYabie Hardtop) senger's Bom
Convsrilbl® Top Disable
Switch Connector
(USA" CR. CR Audio - A/C)
(2-GRY)
[ ...
105. Bet /er's Roll Bar (Passenger's Similar) 108, mm
Driver's. Seat
Belt Tertsloner
(Behind) I
I Passenger's
Door Lock
Actuator
I (2-GRY)
1 (Behind)
ISA; Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
PasssRgsfs Flight
j Rear Speaker
• Passenger's Left
Connector
(3-BLK)
ovable Hardtop) 113.
111. Right Side of Hardtop (Removable Hardtop) 114. lS:d&v ;'\:03C:-„;-:>/^
113- 'UJ^ojsr Passenger's Seat
Connector A Connector . onnector C
(2-BLK/YEL) (2-BLK/YEL) (6-BLK/YEL)
IIS* Vj^l Sl&e of Trunk
i - . •
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
BBBBfiBBBBl
r;-;. ->Lo L riv.'.'.'-. ?Y': T^"- ")
: \i \ Side of Trunk (USA)
(14-WHT)
e of Trunk (USA; Base; Canada)
rrtponent Location
eft Side of Trunk
BflBpj
122. Behii gate Assembly (Right Similar) 12S. Middle of Trunk Lid
Left Back-t
Light
(2-GRY)
/
life
; Marker/Taillight
j Connector
3 (3-GRY)
/
High Mount
Brake Light
Connector
/
- Turn Signal
Light
(2-GRY)
'.'r;r.s. Lie" 0;?3.^
SoSenoid/Latch
Switch Connector
(3-GRY)
123. Upper SiideSle of Try 126. Right Side of Trunk
127. Center of Rear Bumper
•IHHHHHHIHHHMHHHHII
License Plate
Light
(2-BRN/NAT)
128. Under Left Side ©f Dash
TPSiS
Control Unit
129. Under Right Sid© ©f Dash
(Junction
Connector)
(12-BLK)
2.
A/C Compressor (USA: Base,
CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
-GRY
- Left side of engine
- On engine wire harness
1 Male - RED
Female - BLK/RED
(Compressor clutch control (+))
Door Switch,
Driver's or Passenger's
- NAT
- Behind left or right side rear trim
- On rear wire harness (left branch or right branch)
Driver's:
1 GRN (Driver's door
switch output (-))
Passenger's:
1 LT GRN/RED
(Passenger's door
switch output (-))
3. Horn, High
-BLK
- Right side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 BLU/RED
(Horn control (+))
4, Horn, Low
-BLK
- Behind center of front bumper
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 BLU/RED (Horn control (+))
5. Horn Switch
-BLK
- Inside of steering wheel
- On cable reel assembly
era
1 BRN (Horns)
8. Knock Sensor
-BLK
- Left side of engine
- On engine wire harness
1 RED/BLU (Sensor output)
1, Rear Window Defogger
(Removable Hardtop)
(USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C)
-NAT
8.
Connector A
- Left side of hardtop
- On hardtop wire harness
1 BRN (Rear window defogger (+))
Connector B
- Right side of hardtop
- On rear window defogger ground wire
1 BLK/RED (G902)
Rear Window Defogger
(Softtop) (USA: Base; Canada)
- BLK
- Left side of softtop
- On rear window defogger sub-harness
Connector A
1 BLK
(Rear window defogger (+))
Connector B
1 BLK (G601)
Rocker Arm Oil Control
Solenoid (VTEC Solenoid
Valve)
-GRY
- Right side of engine
- On engine wire harness
1 Male-GRN/WHT
Female - GRN/YEL
(Valve control (VTS))
10. Starter Solenoid
-BLK
- Left side of engine
- On engine wire harness
11.
1 BLK/WHT
(Starter solenoid control (+))
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
(USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C;
Canada)
-GRY
- Left side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 BLK (G201)
2 Male - BLU/BLK
Female - BLU/YEL
(Fuse 58)
12. A/C Pressure Switch (USA:
Base, CR Audio - A/C;
Canada)
-GRY
- Behind center of front bumper
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 BLU/WHT (A/C ON input)
2 BLU/RED (A/C pressure switch output)
13. Accessory Power Socket
-BLK
- Behind rear of console
- On rear wire harness (right branch)
14.
1 USA: Base; Canada; WHT/RED
USA; CR, CR Audio - A/C; WHT
(Fuse 9)
2 BLK (G601)
AM/FM Antenna Amplifier
-GRY
- Right side of trunk
- On antenna amplifier sub-harness
2 Male-YEL
Female-GRN/YEL
(Audio ON signal)
15. Back-up Light, Left or Right
-GRY
- Behind left or right taillight assembly
- On rear wire harness (left branch or right branch)
Left:
1 BLK (G602)
2 GRN/BLK
(Back-up light control
input)
Right:
1 BLK (G602)
2 GRN/BLK
(Back-up light control
input)
16. Back-u,. _jgl Iwitch
-GRY
- Left side of transmission
- On engine wire harness
1 Male -GRN/BLK
Female - GRN/YEL
(Switch output)
2 Male - GRN/BLK
Female-YEL
(Fuse 5)
17. Blower Motor
•NAT
• Under right side of dash
• On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 BLU/WHT (HVAC circuit)
2 BLU/BLK (Power transistor)
18. Brake Fluid Level Switch
-GRY
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
^^^^^^^
1 BLK (G301)
2 GRN/RED (Switch output (-))
19, Clutch Interlock Switch
-YEL
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 BLK (G401)
2 LT BLU
(Clutch interlock switch output (-))
20. Clutch Pedal Position Switch
-NAT
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 BLK (G401)
2 PNK (Clutch switch output (-))
21. Convertible Top Disable
Switch (Removable Hardtop)
(USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C)
-GRY
- Under driver's roll bar
- On hardtop sub-harness
1 Male - GRN/YEL
Female - LT GRN
(Switch output)
2 BLK (G601)
Convertible Top Motor
Emergency Connector
(USA: Base; Canada)
-GRY
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
—J=EL_
1 RED (Left convertible top motor)
2 LT GRN/RED (Right convertible top motor)
23. Convertible Top Motor,
Left or Right
(USA: Base; Canada)
- BRN
- Behind left or right side rear trim
- On rear wire harness (left branch or right branch)
jTLJE
1 2
Left:
1 RED
(Softtop close (+))
2 Male - YEL
Female - RED/BLU
(Softtop open (+))
Right:
Male -RED
Female - RED/WHT
(Softtop open (+))
Male-YEL
Female - LT GRN/RED
(Softtop close (+))
24. Door Key Cylinder Switch,
Driver's
-GRY
- Driver's door
- On driver's door wire harness
Sir
1 Male - WHT
Female - BLK/RED
(Switch output (-))
2 BLK (G501)
23 B 3@©r Lock Actuator,
Passenger's
• GRY
• Passenger's door
• On passenger's door wire harness
GO
1 PNK/BLK (Lock signal (+))
2 PNK/BLU (Unlock signal (+))
26. Driver's Seat Position Sensor
- BLK
- Under driver's seat
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
JDJEE EEUL
1 WHT (SRS)
2 BLK (SRS)
27. DRL Diode 1
-BLK
- Under middle of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 BLU (High beam cut
relay power supply)
2 RED/YEL (Fuse 45)
28. ECT Sensor 1
-BLK
- Rear of engine
- On engine wire harness
1 RED/WHT (ECT1)
2 GRN/YEL (Ground for ECM sensors (SG2) circuit)
29. ECT Sensor 2
-BLK
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
4112 >
1 BLU (ECT2)
2 GRN (Ground for ECM sensors (SG3) circuit)
30. EPS motor
-GRY
- Engine compartment (below front beam)
- On right engine compartment wire harness
•3
1 RED (Motor control (+))
2 GRN (Motor control (-))
31. EVAP Canister Purge Valve
- BLK
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
1 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
2 RED/YEL (Valve control input (PCS))
32. EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
-BLK
- Under left side of floor
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 LT GRN/WHT (Valve control input (VSV))
2 WHT (Power source for ECM sensors circuit)
33. Evaporator Temperature
Sensor (USA: Base,
CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
-GRY
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
34. Headlight (Low Beam), Le
Right
-GRY
- Behind left or right headlight
- On left or right engine compartment wire
harness
Left: Right:
1 BLK (G501)
2 Male-RED
Female - RED/YEL
(Fuse 45)
1 Male - BLK
Female - LT GRN
(Sensor ground (SCOM))
2 Male - BLK
Female - BRN
(Sensor output)
1 BLK (G501)
2 Male - RED
Female - RED/WHT
(Fuse 43)
35. High Mount Brake Light
-GRY
- Middle of trunk lid
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1J ^ jf
1 WHT/BLK (Brake pedal position circuit)
2 BLK (G601)
36. IAT Sensor
-BLK
- Middle of engine
- On left engine compartment wire harness
1 RED/YEL (PGM-FI system)
2 GRN (Ground for ECM sensors (SG3) circuit)
37* Impact Sensor, Left Front
-YEL
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
1 RED or BRN (SRS)
2 BRN (SRS)
38. Impact Sensor, Right Front
-YEL
- Right side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 GRN or BLU (SRS)
2 LT BLU or BLU (SRS)
39. Injectors
-BLU
- Middle of engine
- On engine wire harness
No.
1 BRN (Control (INJ1))
2 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
No. 2;
1 RED (Control (INJ2))
2 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
No. 3:
1 BLU (Control (INJ3))
2 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
No. 4:
1 YEL (Control (INJ4))
2 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
40. License Plate Light
- BRN/NAT
- Center of rear bumper
- On rear wire harness (right branch)
1 RED/BLK (Illumination (positive) circuit)
2 BLK (G602)
41. MES Connector
YEL
Under left side of dash
• On SRS main wire harness
1 LT GRN/BLK or BLU (SRS)
2 BLK or BLU (G501)
42. Noise Condenser
-GRY
- Left side of trunk
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 BLK/RED (Power)
2 BLK (G601)
Outside Air Temperature
Sensor
-GRY
- Behind center of front bumper
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 PNK (Gauges and indicators)
2 BLK (Gauges and indicators)
44. Parking Brake Switch
- GRY
- Below center of console
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
T3&
^^^^
1 Male - BLK
Female - GRN/WHT
(Parking brake switch output (-))
2 —
45. Parking/Side Marker Light, Left
Front or Right Front
- BRN/NAT
- Behind left or right headlight
- On left or right engine compartment wire
harness
Left Front:
1 BLK (G301)
2 RED/BLK (Illumination
(positive) circuit)
Right Front:
1 BLK (G201)
2 RED/BLK (Illumination
(positive) circuit)
46. Radiator Fan Motor
-GRY
- Right side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
47.
1 BLK (G201)
2 Male - BLU
Female - BLU/BLK
(Radiator fan control input)
Rear Window Defogger Diode
(USA: Base; Canada)
-BLK
- Left side of trunk
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 LT GRN (Hardtop installed input)
2 LT GRN/WHT (Hardtop defogger control)
48. Rocker Arm Oil Pressure
Switch (¥TEC Oil Pressure
Switch)
-GRY
- Right side of engine
- On engine wire harness
1 BLU/BLK (Switch output (-))
2 BRN/YEL (G101)
49. Seat Belt Tensioner,
Driver's or Passenger's
-YEL
- Behind driver's or passenger's roll bar
- On SRS main wire harness
Driver's:
1 Male - RED
Female - BRN or BLU
(SRS)
2 Male - BLK
Female - RED or BLU
(SRS)
Passenger's:
1 Male-RED
Female - LT BLU or BLU
(SRS)
2 Male-BLK
Female - GRN or BLU
(SRS)
50. Security Hood Switch
(Honda Accessory)
-GRY
- Front of engine compartment
- On hood switch harness (Honda Accessory)
1 BLK (G51)
2 YEL/RED
(Switch output (-))
51. Security in-line Fuse 1
(Honda Accessory)
-NAT
- Under left side of dash
- On security system harness (Honda Accessory)
WW
1 WHT (Fuse 26)
2 WHT/BLU (Security system)
52. Security In-line Fuse 2
(Honda Accessory)
-NAT
- Under left side of dash
- On security system harness (Honda Accessory)
at WW
1 YEL (Fuse 5)
2 YEL/BLU (Security system)
53. Speaker, Driver's Door or
Passenger's Door (USA: Base,
CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
-GRY
- Driver's door or passenger's door
- On driver's or passenger's door wire harness
EH
Driver's Door:
1 GRY/RED (Audio (-))
2 GRN/YEL (Audio (+))
Passenger's
Door:
1 LT GRN (Audio (-))
2 GRN/BLK (Audio (+))
54. Speaker, Driver's Left Rear
(USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C;
Canada)
-BLK
- Under driver's roll bar
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 Male-BLU/YEL
Female - RED
(Audio system)
2 Male-GRY/RED
Female - BLK
(Audio system)
55. Speaker, Passenger's Right
Rear (USA- Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada)
- BLK
- Under passenger's roll bar
- On rear wire harness (right branch)
1 Male-RED/YEL
Female - RED
(Audio system)
2 Male - BRN/WHT
Female - BLK
(Audio system)
55. Test Tachometer Connector
- BLK
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
rffh
1 —
2 BLU (Tachometer signal)
57. Trunk Lid Opener Switch
-NAT
- Behind rear of console
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 BLK/YEL
(Trunk lid opener switch output (+))
2 WHT (Fuse 26)
58. Trunk Light
-GRY
- Upper middle of trunk
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 WHT/BLU (Fuse 24)
2 BLU/BLK
(Trunk lid position circuit - Latch switch output)
59. Turn Signal Light,
Left Front or Right Front
-GRY
- Behind left or right headlight
- On left or right engine compartment wire
harness
Left Front: Right Front:
1 BLK (G301) 1 BLK (G201)
2 GRN/RED (Left turn 2 GRN/YEL (Right turn
signal control (+)) signal control (+))
6G. Turn Signal Light,
Left Rear or Right Rear
-GRY
- Behind left or right taillight assembly-'
- On rear wire harness (left branch or right branch)
JEEzzzEL
Left Rear:
1 BLK (G602)
2 GRN/RED
(Turn signal control (+))
Right Rear:
1 BLK (G602)
2 GRN/YEL
(Turn signal control (+))
61- Turn Signal Light,
Left Side or Right Side
- BRN/NAT
- Behind left or right fender
- On left or right engine compartment wire harness
Left Side:
1 BLK (G301)
2 GRN/RED
(Turn signal input (+))
Right Side:
1 BLK (G201)
2 GRN/YEL
(Turn signal input (+))
62. Tweeter, Left or Right
(USA: Base,
CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
-GRY
- Driver's or passenger's door
- On driver's or passenger's door wire harness
Left:
Male-GRY/RED
Female - BLK
(Audio (-))
Male - GRN/YEL
Female - RED
(Audio (+))
Right:
1 Male - LT GRN
Female - BLK
(Audio (-))
2 Male - GRN/BLK
Female - RED
(Audio (+))
13. Wheel Speed Sensor,
Left Front
-ORN
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
1 Male - BLU/ORN
Female - RED
(FLW(+))
2 Male - BRN/WHT
Female - WHT
(FLW (-))
64. Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear
-ORN
- Left side of trunk
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 Male - YEL/RED
Female - RED
(RLW(+))
2 Male - GRY/RED
Female - WHT
(RLW(-))
65. Wheel Speed Sensor,
Right Front
-ORN
- Right side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 Male - GRN/BLK
Female - RED
(FRW(+))
2 Male - BLU
Female - WHT
(FRW (-))
r
66. Wheel Speed Sensor,
Right Rear
-ORN
- Right side of trunk
- On rear wire harness (right branch)
1 Male-GRN/WHT
Female - RED
(RRW (-))
2 Male - BLU/YEL
Female-WHT
(RRW (+))
67, Power Window Motor,
• Passenger's
-GRY
- Passenger's door
- On passenger's door wire harness
T3&
1 Male-BLU/WHT
Female - RED/BLU
(Window UP input (+))
2 Male - BLU/RED
Female - RED
(Window DOWN input (+))
68. Windshield Washer Motor
- BRN/NAT
- Behind right front wheel well
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 WHT/BLK
(Washer motor control input (+))
2 BLK (G201)
69. C351
GRY
• Left side of engine compartment
• Connects EPS sub-harness to left engine
compartment wire harness
2 WHT/RED (Fuse 33)
70. C452
-GRY
- Under right side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness B
(right branch) to roof wire harness
1 GRN/YEL (Interior light)
2 WHT/BLU (Fuse 24)
71. C551 (USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada)
-GRY
- Behind lower center of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to antenna
amplifier sub-harness
2 Male - YEL7GRN
Female - GRN/YEL
(Audio system)
72.
73.
C602 (Softtop) (USA: Base;
Canada)
- BRN
- Left side of trunk
- Connects rear wire harness (left branch) to
rear window defogger sub-harness (softtop)
UEa,
1 BLK (Rear defogger)
2 BLK (G601)
Brake Light/Side Marker/
Taillight, Left or Right
-GRY
- Behind left or right taillight assembly
- On rear wire harness (left branch or right branch)
Left:
1 WHT/BLK (Brake pedal
position circuit)
2 RED/BLK (Illumination
(positive) circuit)
3 BLK (G602)
Right:
1 WHT/BLK (Brake pedal
position circuit)
2 RED/BLK (Illumination
(positive) circuit)
3 BLK (G602)
74. CKP Sensor
- GRY or BLK
- Front of engine
- On CKP sensor sub-harness
1 2 3 |
1 BLU (Sensor output (CKP))
2 BRN/YEL (G101)
3 YEL/BLK (Power source for ECM circuit)
75. CMP Sensor
-BLK
- Rear of engine
- Engine wire harness
1 GRN (Sensor output (CMP))
2 BRN/YEL (G101)
3 YEL/BLK (Power source for ECM circuit)
75. DRL Diode 2 (USA)
-WHT
- Under middle of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
n n 1 2
•
1 RED/ORN (Headlights)
2 YEL (Headlights)
3 RED/BLU (Headlights)
77. ELD Unit
-GRY
- Right side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 BLK/YEL (Ignition input)
2 BLK (G201)
3 GRN/RED (ELD output)
78. EPS Torque Sensor
- GRY
- Left side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 PNK (Voltage sensor 1 output)
2 BLU/RED (Torque sensor power)
3 WHT/GRN (Voltage sensor 2 output)
79. FTP Sensor
BLK
• Under left side of floor
• On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 YEL/BLU (Reference voltage for ECM sensors (VCC3)
circuit)
2 LT GRN (Sensor output (FTP))
3 GRN (Ground for ECM sensors (SG3) circuit)
80. Headlight (High Beam), Left or
Right
-BLK
- Behind left or right headlight
- On left or right engine compartment wire harness
m
Left: Right:
1 —
2 RED/WHT
(High beam control (+))
3 RED/BLU
(High beam control (-))
1 —
2 RED/ORN
(High beam control (+))
3 RED/BLU
(High beam control (-))
81. Ignition Coils
-BLU
- Middle of engine
- On engine wire harness
1
No. 1:
1 WHT
(Coil control (IGPLS1))
2 BLK (G101)
3 BLK/YEL (Fuse 16)
No. 2:
1 WHT/GRN
(Coil control (IGPLS2))
2 BLK (G101)
3 BLK/YEL (Fuse 16)
No. 3:
1 WHT/BLK
(Coil control (IGPLS3))
2 BLK (G101)
3 BLK/YEL (Fuse 16)
No* 4:
1 WHT/BLU
(Coil control (IGPLS4))
2 BLK (G101)
3 BLK/YEL (Fuse 16)
82. MAP Sensor
-BLK
- Left side of engine
- On engine wire harness
1 YEL/RED (Reference voltage (VCC1))
2 GRN/RED (Sensor output (MAP))
3 GRN/WHT (Sensor ground (SG1))
83. Output Shaft (Countershaft)
Speed Sensor
-BLK
- Left side of transmission
- On engine wire harness
t n^sn >
<112I3)»
1 YEL/BLU
(Reference voltage for ECM sensors (VCC2) circuit)
2 BLU/WHT (Vehicle speed sensor signal 2 circuit)
3 GRN/YEL (Ground for ECM sensors (SG2) circuit)
84. Power Mirror, Left or Right
- GRY
- Driver's door or passenger's door
- On driver's or passenger's door wire harness
Left:
1 Male-YEL
Female - RED
(Left/Right control)
2 Male - BRN, BRN
Female - RED/YEL
(Common)
3 Male - BLU
Female - GRN/WHT
(Up/Down control)
.Right:
Male-YEL
Female - BLU/WHT
(Left/Right control)
Male - BRN, BRN
Female - RED/BLU
(Common)
Male - BLU
Female - GRN/WHT
(Up/Down control)
85.
86.
Seat Belt Buckle Switch,
Driver's
- GRY/BLU
- Under driver's seat
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 BLK (G601)
2 Male - RED
Female-YEL
(BSDL)
3 Male-GRN
Female - LT GRN
(BSDH)
Seat Beit Buckle Switch,
Passenger's
-BLU
- Under passenger's seat
- On rear wire harness (right branch) 1 Male - GRN
Female - BLK
(G601)
2 Male - RED
Female - BLU
(BSPL)
3 Male - BLK
Female - ORN
(BSPH)
17. Security Disarm Switch
(Honda Accessory)
-GRY
- Lower left dashboard
- On security system harness (Honda Accessory)
1 BLU (Switch output (-))
2 —
3 BLK (G501)
88. Speaker, Driver's Right Rear
(USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C;
Canada)
-BLK
- Under driver's roll bar
- On rear wire harness (right branch)
1 Male - RED/YEL
Female - WHT
(Audio system)
2 —
3 Male - BRNAA/HT
Female - BLK
(Audio system)
89. Speaker, Passenger's Left
Rear (USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada)
-BLK
- Under passenger's roll bar
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
r~1fl ^
1 Male - BLU/YEL
Female - WHT
(Audio system)
2 —
3 Male-GRY/RED
Female - BLK
(Audio system)
90- Trunk Lid Opener
Solenoid/Latch Switch
-GRY
- Middle of trunk lid
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 Male - BLU
Female - BLK/YEL
(Trunk lid opener control (+))
2 BLK (G601)
3 Male - BRN
Female - BLU/BLK
(Trunk lid position circuit)
91. C105
-BLK
- Middle of engine
- Connects engine wire harness to CKP sensor
sub-harness
1 BLU (PGM-FI system)
2 BRN/YEL (G101)
3 YEL/BLK (Power source for ECM circuit)
92. C601
-GRY
- Under driver's roll bar
- Connects rear wire harness (left branch) to
hardtop sub-harness (removable hardtop)
1 USA: Base; Canada: LT GRN (Convertable top)
2 USA: Base; Canada: Male - BRN
Female - BLK/RED
(Rear window defogger)
USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C: Male - BLK/RED
(Not used)
3 BLK (G601)
93. C701
-GRY
- Steering wheel
- On cruise control set/resume/cancel switch
sub-harness
1 Male-BLK/RED or RED
Female - RED (Set switch output (+))
2 Male - BLK/ORN or BLU
Female - BLU (Resume switch output (+))
3 Male - BLK/WHT or BRN
Female - BRN (Horn relay control circuit)
C901 (Removable Hardtop)
(USA; CR, CR Audio - A/C)
-BLK
- Behind left rear side trim
- Connects hardtop sub-harness to hardtop
wire harness
1 Male - BLK/RED
Female - BRN
(Rear defogger control)
2 —
3 BLK (G901)
95. A/F Sensor
-GRY
- Left side of transmission
- On engine wire harness
Male - BLU
Female - RED
(AFS (+))
Male-WHT
Female-RED/YEL
(AFS (-))
3 Male-BLK
Female-WHT/BLK
(Power source for ECM
sensors circuit)
4 Male - BLK
Female-GRN
(AFSHTC)
96. Airbag First and Second
Inflators, Driver's
-YEL
- In steering wheel
- On cable reel assembly
EE m
Male - RED
Female - YEL
(Driver's second inflator)
Male - RED
Female - BLK
(Driver's second inflator)
Male-YEL
Female-GRN
(Driver's first inflator)
Male-YEL
Female-WHT
(Driver's first inflator)
97. Airbag First and Second
Inflators, Passenger's
-YEL
- Under right side of dash
- On SRS main harness
1 Male-YEL
Female - BLU
(Passenger's first inflator)
2 Male-YEL
Female - YEL or BLU
(Passenger's first inflator)
Male-RED
Female - LT BLU or BLU
(Passenger's second inflator)
Male - RED
Female-LT GRN or BLU
(Passenger's second inflator)
98. Alternator
-BLU
- Left side of engine
- On engine wire harness
JMML
m
1 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
2 WHT/GRN (Alternator control signal (ALTC))
3 WHT/BLU (Alternator control signal (ALTL))
4 WHT/RED (Alternator FR signal (ALTF))
99. Brake Pedal Position Switch
-WHT
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 LT GRN (Cruise control)
2 GRY (Cruise control)
3 WHT/BLK (Brake pedal position circuit)
4 WHT/GRN (Fuse 47)
100. Ceiling Light/Spoflighfs
- NAT
- Center of front roof rail trim
- On roof wire harness
1 2
3 4
1 WHT/BLU (Fuse 24)
2 Male - BLK/WHT
Female - GRN/YEL
(Controlled ground
(Keyless door lock
control unit))
3 Mate-WHT/RED
Female •
(Not used)
4 Male - BLK/GRN
Female
(Not used)
101, Cruise Control
Set/Resume/Cancel Switch
-BLK
- Inside steering wheel
- On cruise control set/resume/cancel switch
sub-harness
1 BLK/RED or RED (Set switch output (+))
2 BLK/ORN or BLU (Resume switch output (+))
3 BLK/WHT or BRN (Horn relay control circuit)
4 —
102. H02S, Secondary
GRY
• Left side of transmission
• On engine wire harness
103. Ignition Coil Relay and A/F
Sensor Relay
-BLK
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
ra si
mm
®
© Ignition Coil Relay:
1 BLK/YEL (Fuse 16)
2 GRN/YEL (Ignition system)
3 GRN (PGM-FI main relay 1 control circuit)
4 BLK/YEL (Fuse 16-Under-dash)
© A/F Sensor Relay:
1 WHT/RED (Fuse 15)
2 WHT (Power source for ECM sensors circuit)
3 ORN (AFSHTCR)
4 YEL/BLU (Fuse 10-Under-dash)
104. Imoes Unit
-GRN
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
EI 53 m
1 GRN/WHT (LG1)
2 RED/BLU (SNET)
3 BLK/YEL (IG1)
4 RED/WHT (KEYOUT)
5 WHT/RED (B+)
1 Male-GRN/YEL
Female - BLK or GRY
(Ground for ECM
sensors (SG2) circuit
(SG2))
2 Male - WHT
Female - GRY or BLK
(Sensor output (SH02S))
3 Male - BLK/WHT
Female - WHT
(Heater control
(S02SHTC))
4 Male - BLK/YEL
Female-WHT
(Fuse 6)
105. Passenger's Airbag Cut-Off
Indicator
- GRN
- Center of dash
- On dashboard wire harness A
C™3
1 2 3 4
1 BLK/YEL (Fuse 2)
2 RED (Illumination (negative) circuit)
3 RED/BLK (Illumination (positive) circuit)
4 BLU (Indicator control)
105. Security LED Connector
-WHT
- Behind left kick panel
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to security
control unit (Honda accessory)
1 BLU/BLK (Trunk lid position circuit)
2 *Male - BLK/YEL
Female - BLK/YEL
(Security system)
3 BLU (Taillight relay)
4 —
: Connector inserted by Honda Accessory
107. Trunk Lid Opener Relay
(Honda Accessory)
- BRN/NAT
- Under driver's seat
- On security system harness (Honda Accessory)
1 WHT (Fuse 26)
2 WHT (Fuse 26)
3 BLK/YEL (Trunk lid opener control (+))
4 BLK/ORN (Relay control (-) input)
108. Power Window Motor, Driver's
• GRY/LT GRN
• Driver's door
• On driver's door wire harness
Tl 2 3 4?
Male - BLU/RED
Female - RED/YEL
(Down (+))
Male - BLU/WHT
Female - RED/BLK
(Up (+))
Male - YEL
Female - BLU
(Window position
pulse signal)
BLK
(Window position
signal ground)
109. C205
-YEL
- Under right side of dash
- Connects right engine compartment wire harness
to SRS main wire harness
1
———
1 —
2 LT BLU or BLU (SRS)
3 GRN or BLU (SRS)
4 —
110. C305
-YEL
- Under left side of dash
- Connects left engine compartment wire harness
to SRS main wire harness
1 —
2 BRN (SRS)
3 RED or BRN (SRS)
4 —
111. Blower Power Transistor
- NAT
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2 3
4
o
5
1 BLU/RED (Blower feedback output)
2 —
3 BLU/YEL (Power transistor base input)
4 BLU/BLK (Blower motor control)
5 BLK (G402)
112. Engine Start Switch
-GRN
- Left of steering wheel
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 BLU/WHT (Switch output (+))
2 BLK/WHT (Fuse 3)
3 BLK (G501)
4 —
5 —
113. Fuel Tank Unit
-GRY
- Middle of fuel tank
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 BLK (Fuel gauge return)
2 YEL/BLK (Fuel gauge output)
3 —
4 BLK (G601)
5 YEL/GRN (Fuel pump control (+))
114. Steering Angle Sensor
-GRN
- In steering column cover
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
i1121314 i"n
1 BLK (G401)
2 WHT (CAN1 L)
3 —
4 RED (CAN1 H)
5 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
115. Windshield Wiper Motor
-GRY
- Under left side of windshield
- On left engine compartment wire harness
I—«—%
w
1 BLU/YEL (Motor high control input (-))
2 BLU (Motor low control input (-))
3 BLK (G301)
4 GRN/BLK (Fuse 8)
5 BLU/WHT (PARK (+) or RUN (-) output)
116. APP Sensor
-BLK
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
1 YEL/BLU (Electronic throttle control system)
2 GRN (Electronic throttle control system)
3 RED/YEL (Electronic throttle control system)
4 RED/BLU (Electronic throttle control system)
5 YEL/RED (Electronic throttle control system)
6 GRN/WHT (Electronic throttle control system)
117. Audio Remote Switch (USA:
Base, CR Audio - A/C;
Canada)
- GRN
- Left of steering wheel
- On dashboard wire harness A
lil'lSlil.l.l
1 YEL/BLU (Remote MUTE output)
2 WHT/RED (Fuse 9)
3 RED/BLK (Dash and console lights (+))
4 RED (Dash and console lights (-))
5 BLK (G501)
6 GRN/RED (Audio remote switches output)
118. Convertible Top Switch (USA;
Base; Canada)
-GRY
- Below center of console
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2
3 4 5 6
U U
1 RED/BLK (Top OPEN output (+))
2 RED/YEL (Top CLOSE output (+))
3 BLK/WHT (Fuse 12)
4 —
5 RED/BLK (Dash and console lights (+))
6 RED (Dash and console lights (-))
119. Cruise Control Main Switch
- NAT
- Left of steering wheel
- On dashboard wire harness A
6
7"
1 LT GRN (Switch output (+))
2 RED/BLK (Dash and console lights (+))
3 RED (Dash and console lights (-))
4 —
5 BLK (G501)
6 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
120. Intermittent Wiper Relay
- BRN/NAT
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
2
4 5 6
1 BLK (G301)
2 GRN/RED (Intermittent
control output or RUN to
Park output (-))
3 GRN/BLK (Fuse 8)
4 BLU/WHT
(RUN to Park input (-))
5 —
6 GRN
(Wiper relay control
input (-))
121. Rear Window Defogger
Change Relay (USA: Base;
Canada)
-GRY
- Left side of trunk
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
0
mm
2
EH
© Rear Window Defogger
Change Relay:
1 BLK/RED (Power)
2 BRN (Hardtop defogger output)
3 LT GRN/WHT (Hardtop installed input)
4 BLK (Softtop defogger output)
5 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
© Not used
122. Rear Window Defogger Switch
-BLU
- Below center of console
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 BLK/RED (Defogger ON indicator)
2 —
3 RED (Illumination (negative) circuit)
4 BLK (G402)
5 RED/BLK (Illumination (positive) circuit)
6 BLK/YEL (Defogger request signal)
123. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator
-BLK
- Left side of engine
- On engine wire harness
ffl11213141516 D)
1 RED/BLK (Electronic throttle control system)
2 BLU (Electronic throttle control system)
3 RED (Electronic throttle control system)
4 GRN (Electronic throttle control system)
5 WHT/BLU (Electronic throttle control system)
6 WHT/BLK (Electronic throttle control system)
124. Unlock Relay, Driver's Only
(Honda Accessory)
- BRN/NAT
- Under driver's seat
- On security system harness (Honda Accessory)
TOT
(J
1
2
L
3
4 5 6
1 WHT (Fuse 26)
2 YEL/GRN (Driver's door
unlock control (+))
3 WHT (Fuse 26)
4 YEL/WHT
(Unlock signal (+))
5 —
6 YEL/RED
(Relay control input (-))
125. WSA Off Switch
-NAT
- Right of steering wheel
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3
4 5 6
—<*?r~™^
1 WHT (VSA system)
2 RED/BLK (Illumination (positive) circuit)
3 RED (Illumination (negative) circuit)
4 —
5 —
6 BLK (G501)
12S. WSA Sensor Cluster
- BLK/GRY
- Behind rear of console
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 GRN/WHT (PWR)
2 WHT (CAN2 H)
3 RED (CAN2 L)
5 LT GRN (GND)
6 —
127. Power Window Switch,
Passenger's
-GRN
- Passenger's door
- On passenger's door wire harness
iii'iT7?i.i.i
1 BLU/WHT (DOWN signal output (+))
2 BLK (G501)
3 RED/WHT (Window main switch, power input)
4 BLU/RED (UP signal output (+))
5 —
6 RED/BLU (UP (+) or DOWN (-) signal confirmation output)
128, C102
WHT
- Behind left kick panel
- Connects engine wire harnes to dashboard wire
harness A
0 y
3 4
•I-
Male - GRN/YEL
Female - GRN/WHT
(Electronic throttle
control system)
Male - YEL/BLU
Female-YEL/RED
(Electronic throttle
control system)
RED/BLU (Electronic
throttle control system)
RED/YEL (Electronic
throttle control system)
Male - WHT
Female - RED
(PGM-FI system)
BLK/WHT (PGM-FI
system)
129. C402
- LT BLU
- Under left side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness B (left
branch) to dashboard wire harness A
ORN (Horn relay control circuit)
BLK/WHT (Fuse 3)
GRN/WHT (Recirculation control •
GRN/YEL (Recirculation control -
BLK/YEL (Rear defogger)
YEL/BLU (Rear defogger)
- fresh (FRS) signal)
REC signal)
130. C503
-YEL
- Under left side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to SRS main
wire harness
1 EBSi 2
3 4 5 6
U U
Male - PNK
Female-PNK or BLU
(SRS)
BLK (G501)
BLU (SRS)
Male - BLK/YEL
Female - BLK/YEL or BLU
(Gauges and Indicators)
Male - BRN
Female - BRN or BLU
(Service check signal circuit)
Male - GRY
Female - GRY or BLU
(Offboard diagnosis signal
circuit)
131. Air Mix Control Motor
-GRN
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
m
<=TP
in
1 PNK/BLU (M-HOT)
2 PNK (M-COOL)
3 PNK/BLK (AMD-P)
4 —
5 GRY (S5V)
6 —
7 LT GRN (Common (S-COM))
132. ignition Key Switch/Key Light
-GRN
- In steering column cover
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
| , | 2 | 3<|Vb | 6 | 7l
1 BLK (G401)
2 —
3 RED/WHT (Switch output (-))
4 —
5 —
6 —
7 —
133. Immobilizer Control
Unit-Receiver
-WHT
- In steering column cover
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
Em 11 -1 =
1 GRN/WHT (Ground for ECM sensors (LG3) circuit)
2 RED/BLU (Immobilizer code input (IMOCD))
3 LT BLU (DLC input/output circuit)
4 GRN/WHT (Parking brake position circuit)
5 PNK (Immobilizer system indicator)
6 BLK/YEL (Fuse 2)
7 WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
134* Mode Control Motor
- GRN
- Under left middle of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
SIB
1 YEL/RED (M-VENT)
2 YEL/BLU (M-DEF)
3 YEL (MODE 4)
4 BLK/WHT (MODE 3)
5 YEL/GRN (MODE 2)
6 BRN/WHT (MODE 1)
7 LT GRN (Common (S-COM))
135. Recirculation Control Motor
- GRN
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 BLK/YEL (1G2)
2 —
3 —
4 —
5 GRN/WHT (FRS)
6 —
7 GRN/YEL (REG)
136. C202
-WHT
- Under right side of dash
- Connects right engine compartment wire harness
to dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2 13 8
4 5 8 1 7 8
RED/WHT (Fuse 43)
RED/ORN (L high beam
control)
USA: CR, CR Audio -
A/C: BLU (Fuse 53)
YEL (Fuse 59)
RED/YEL (Fuse 45)
6 USA: Base; Canada:
GRY/RED (Fuse 52)
7 USA: Base; Canada:
GRY (Fuse 55)
8 RED/BLU (R high beam
control)
-BRN
- Under right side of dash
• Connects right engine compartment wire
harness to dashboard wire harness B
(right branch)
JpESi
1 1
2 I L'.l
| 4 | 5 | 6 [ 7 I
WHT/BLU (Fuse 50 - VSA)
BLU/WHT (Blower motor relay)
WHT (Fuse 42 - Ignition switch)
WHT/RED (Fuse 48 - VSA)
WHT/BLK (Fuse 51 to fuses 17 and 18)
YEL (Fuse 54 to fuses 22-27)
- WHT
- Under left side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to left engine
compartment wire harness
1 I 2 | 3 I
| 4 j 5 j 6 7 I 8 I
1 RED/YEL (PGM-FI system)
2 WHT (F-CAN communications line (low) circuit)
3 RED (F-CAN communications line (high) circuit)
4 YEL/BLU (Reference voltage for ECM sensors (VCC3) circuit)
5 RED/BLU (Electronic throttle control system)
6 RED/YEL (Electronic throttle control system)
7 YEL/RED (Electronic throttle control system)
8 GRN/WHT (Electronic throttle control system)
139. C603
GRY
• Behind rear of console
• Connects SRS main wire harness to rear wire
harness (left branch)
n r
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
u u
Male - LT GRN
Female-LT GRN or BLU
(Driver's seat belt buckle
switch (BSDH))
Male - YEL
Female - YEL or BLU
(Driver's seat belt buckle
switch (BSDL))
Male - ORN
Female - ORN or BLU
(Passenger's seat belt buckle
switch (BSPH))
5 BLU (Passenger's seat belt
buckle switch (BSPL))
6 Male - LT GRN
Female - LT GRN or BLU
(SRS)
7 Male-GRY
Female - GRY or BLU
(SRS)
8 Male-GRN
Female-GRN or BLU
(SRS)
140. Hazard Warning Switch
-GRY
- Below center of console
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 2 | [ 3 4
5 6 7~| 8 9 10
1 GRN/RED (Left
hazard control output)
2 GRN/YEL (Right
hazard control output)
3 BLK/RED (Turn signal/
hazard relay power)
4 —
5 RED/BLU (Fuse 7)
6 WHT/BLK (Fuse 49)
7 —
8 RED/BLK (Dash
and console lights (+))
9 RED (Dash and
console lights (-))
10 GRN/WHT
(Hazard request output)
141. Power Mirror Switch
-GRN
- Driver's door
- On driver's door wire harness
<=TP
11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 11I
1 —
2 —
3 BLU/WHT (Right mirror
left/right control)
4 RED (Left mirror
left/right control)
5 GRN/WHT
(Up/down control)
6 RED/BLU
(Right mirror common)
7 RED/YEL
(Left mirror common)
8 —
9 YEL/BLK (Fuse 19)
10 BLK (G501)
142. C405 (Junction Connector)
-BRN
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 —
"1
r_
7 -
I
3 RED (CAN1 H)
4 RED (CAN1 H)
5 RED (CAN1 H)
6 RED (CAN1 H)
7 —
8 —
9 WHT (CAN1 L)
10 WHT (CAN1 L)
11 WHT (CAN1 L)
12 WHT (CAN1 L)
143. C453
-WHT
- Under right side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to dashboard
wire harness B (right branch)
p
fffi
1 2
3 4 J 5 6 9
10 j 11
12
1 YEL/GRN (Electronic throttle control system)
2 WHT (Power source for ECM sensors circuit)
3 BRN (Electronic throttle control system)
4 GRN/WHT (DLC and MIL circuits)
5 BLK/YEL (Fuse 2)
6 PNK (Cruise control)
7 GRY (Cruise control)
8 ORN (PGM-FI system)
9 GRN/YEL (Ignition system)
10 GRN (PGM-FI main relay 1 control circuit)
11 RED (F-CAN communications line (high) circuit)
12 WHT (F-CAN communications line (low) circuit)
144. C505
-WHT
- Behind left kick panel
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to rear wire
harness (left branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 WHT/RED (Audio system)
2 WHT (Audio system)
3 BLK (Audio system)
4 RED (Audio system)
5 GRN (Audio system)
6 GRY (Audio system)
7 BLK/YEL (Fuse 2 - Under-dash)
8 BLK (Fuel gauge)
9 WHT (VSA system)
10 RED (VSA system)
11 LT GRN (VSA system)
12 GRN/WHT (VSA system)
145. C507 (Junction Connector)
-BLU
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
| 1 BLU (Gauges and Indicators) |
I 2 BLU (Gauges and Indicators) j
I 3 BLU (Gauges and Indicators) I
4 BLU (Gauges and Indicators) J
f 5 GRN (Fans) 1
^ 6 GRN (Fans) J
j . . 1
7 BRN (Service check signal circuit)
. 8 BRN (Service check signal circuit) ,
9 BRN (Service check signal circuit)
• 10 BRN (Service check signal circuit) J
• 11 - |
12 GRN (Fans)
I ,—. . — -J
Terminals grouped together are connected by the same bus bar.
146. C103
-WHT
- Behind left kick panel
- Connects engine wire harness to dashboard wire
harness A
n n
1 2 3 S==TL
4 5
6 7 8 9 10J11 12 13
BLU (Electronic throttle
control system)
Male - RED
Female - RED/BLU
(Electronic throttle
control system)
BLU (Electronic throttle
control system)
RED/BLK (Electronic
throttle control system)
> GRN (Electronic throttle
control system)
< Male-WHT/BLU
Female - GRN
(Electronic throttle
control system)
7 BLK (Electronic throttle
control system)
8 —
9 —
10 —
11
12 —
13 Male-WHT/BLK
Female - BLU
(Electronic throttle
control system)
GRN (Electronic throttle
control system)
147. CD Changer
(Honda Accessory)
- In trunk
- CD changer BUS cable
Canada:
- LT BLU
1 BLK (Audio system)
2 RED (Audio system)
3 —
4 BRN (Audio system)
5 BLU (Audio system)
6 —
7 _
8 BLK (Audio system)
9 WHT (Audio system)
10 BLK (Audio system)
11 —
12 YEL (Audio system)
13 GRN (Audio system)
14 —
-WHT
I 1
2 \
S3 ! 3 ! 4 j 5 j S J
j 7 S "| To pi^|
Male - PNK
Female - LT BLU
(Audio system)
BRN (Audio system)
BLK (Audio system)
BLK (Audio system)
RED (Audio system)
WHT (Audio system)
Male - —
Female - PNK
(Not used)
8 Male
Female - YEL
(Not used)
9 ORN (Audio system)
10 GRY (Audio system)
11 PUR (Audio system)
12 Male
Female - BLU
(Not used)
13 GRN (Audio system)
14 BLK (Audio system)
148, DRI itrol Unit
- WHT/GRY
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
RED/WHT (Headlights)
USA: WHT
(DRL sub control unit)
Canada: RED/BLU
(Fuse 27)
RED/YEL (Fuse 45)
BLK (G402)
RED/WHT (Fuse 43)
GRN/WHT (Parking
brake position circuit)
BLK (G402)
8 BLU/RED
(High beam cut relay)
9 Canada: BLU/WHT
(DRL indicator control)
10 Canada: RED/BLU
(High beam headlights
ON input)
11 RED/ORN
(R high beam control)
12 YEL/BLK (Fuse 19)
13 —
14 — 149. DRL Sub-control Unit (USA)
-GRY
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
1 YEL/BLK (Fuse 19)
2 —
3 BLU/WHT (DRL
indicator)
4 RED/BLU (Headlights)
5 GRN/WHT (Parking
brake position circuit)
6 —
7 WHT (DRL control unit)
8 BLK (G401)
9 BLK (G401)
10 —
11 —
12 BLU/RED
(High beam cut relay)
13 —
14 RED/BLU (Fuse 27)
150. Power Window Master Switch
-GRY
- Driver's door
- On driver's door wire harness
1 2 3 r—• 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 BLK (G501) 8 BLU (PLS) 1 WHT/GRN (Fuse 34) 9 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
2 BLK (SGND) 9 — 2 BLU/WHT (Intermittent 10 —
3 RED/YEL 10 — wiper circuit) 11 RED/WHT
(Driver's window 11 GRN/WHT (Fuse 17) 3 GRN/BLK (Fuse 8) (DRL)
down (+) output) 12 RED/WHT 4 BLU (Wiper/washer) 12 BLU/YEL
4 GRN/BLK (Fuse 8) (Main switch (+) output) 5 RED/BLU (Headlights) (Wiper/washer)
5 RED/BLK (Driver's 13 BLU/RED (Passenger's 6 GRN/RED 13 GRN/RED
window up (+) output) window up (+) output) (Wiper/washer) (Turn signal lights)
6 BLU/WHT 14 BLU/ORN 7 GRN (Wiper/washer) 14 RED/BLK
(Passenger's window (Driver's window down 8 RED/YEL (Headlights) (Exterior lights circuit)
down (+) output) control input)
8 RED/YEL (Headlights)
151. Wiper/Washer Switch
- GRY
- In steering column cover
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
BLK (G401)
BLU/YEL (HIGH motor
control output (-))
WHT/BLK
(Washer request output)
9 —
10 —
11 BLU (LOW motor
control output (-))
12 GRN/RED
(Intermittent control input
or RUN to PARK input)
13 BLU/BLK (Intermittent
wiper request)
14 BLK/WHT (Fuse 12)
152. C301
-GRY
- Under left side of dash
- Connects left engine compartment wire harness
to dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 2 5 6 7
8 9 ! 11 12 13 14
153. Combination Light Switch
-GRY
- In steering column cover
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 | 12 13 14 15 16
GRN/RED (Turn signal
switch LEFT output)
ORN
(High beam request
output (-))
BLU/RED (Headlight
relays control output (-))
10 BLK/RED
(Turn signal/hazard
relay power)
11 GRN/YEL (Turn signal
switch RIGHT output)
12 BLK (G401)
13 BLU (Taillight relay)
14 —
15 —
16 —
154. DLC
-GRY
- Under left middle of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
2 3 4 5 6 7
•/ V
10 11 12 13 14 15
1 LT BLU (DLC
input/output circuit)
2 —
3 —
4 BLK (G401) (Ground for
PGM Tester)
5 GRN/WHT
(Logic ground)
6 RED (F-CAN
communications line
(high) circuit)
7 GRY
(DLC and MIL circuits)
(K line for off-board
communication)
8 —
9 BRN (Service check
signal circuit
- Service check)
10 —
11 —
12 GRN/WHT
(Write enable)
13 —
14 WHT (F-CAN
communications line
(low) circuit)
15 —
16 WHT/GRN (Fuse 46)
(Power for PGM Tester
(B+, 4 amps max))
155. Throttle Actuator Control
Module
-GRY
- Under right side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BLU (DBW M+)
YEL/GRN (DBW+)
GRN (SEFD)
BLK (G101)
8 GRN (DBW M-)
9 GRN (SG)
10 RED/BLK (THL1)
11 BLU (VCC)
12 RED/BLU (THL2)
13 —
14 BLU (SEDF)
15 —
16 —
156. C101
• LT BLU
• Behind left kick panel
• Connects engine wire harness to dashboard wire
harness A
1 2 n 3 4
5
9 j 10 111 112 13jl4 J 15 16
1 Male-BLK/YEL
Female-GRN/YEL
(Ignition system)
2 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada:
Male - BLK/RED
Female - BLU/RED
(HVAC)
3 BLK/WHT
(Starting system)
4 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
5 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
6 Male - WHT/BLK
Female - WHT
(Power source for ECM
sensors circuit)
7 Male-WHT/BLU
Female
(Not used)
8 BLU/WHT (Vehicle
speed sensor signal 2
circuit)
9 Male-YEL
Female - YEL/RED
(Low oil pressure
indicator)
10 —
11 YEL (Fuse 5)
12 Male - GRN/YEL
Female - GRN/BLK
(Back-up lights circuit)
13 —
14 Male - YEL/BLU
Female - RED/YEL
(EVAP system)
15 RED/YEL
(PGM-FI system)
16 —
157. C201
• LT BLU
• Under right side of dash
• Connects right engine compartment
wire harness to dashboard wire harness B
(right branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 j 11 112 13 14 15 16
1 WHT/BLK
(Wiper/washer)
2 WHT/BLK (Fuse 49)
3 BLK (G402)
4 —
5 —
6 —
7 GRN/BLK (VSA)
8 BLU (VSA)
9 WHT/GRN (Fuse 47)
10 BLK/YEL (Fuse 20)
11 WHT/GRN (Fuse 46)
12 BLK/YEL
(Charging system)
13 ORN (Horn relay control
circuit)
14 BLU/RED (Headlights)
15 GRN/YEL
(Turn signal lights)
16 RED/BLK
(Exterior lights)
158. C302
- LT BLU
- Under left side of dash
- Connects left engine compartment wire harness
to dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
i a
I I
3 I
5!6|7!8 IEEEE
13 I 14 I 15 • 16
1 —
2 WHT/BLU (Fuse 50)
3 WHT/RED (Fuse 48)
4 GRN/BLK (VSA)
5 —
6 —
7 _
8 —
9 —
10 WHT (F-CAN
communications line
(low) circuit)
11 RED (F-CAN
communications line
(high) circuit)
12 BLU/YEL (VSA)
13 GRN/WHT (VSA)
14 GRY/RED (VSA)
15 YEL/RED (VSA)
16 BLU (VSA)
159. C403
- LT BLU
- Under left side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness B (left
branch) to dashboard wire harness A
1 2
I I
3 4
5
6IM° i 110 | 11 112 13 j 14 J 15
16
1 BRN/WHT (HVAC)
2 GRN/BLK (Fuse 8)
3 BLK/WHT
(Starting system)
4 —
5 YEL/RED (HVAC)
6 YEL/GRN (HVAC)
7 BLK/WHT (HVAC)
8 YEL (HVAC)
9 YEL/BLU (HVAC)
10 Male - WHT/BLK
Female
(Vehicle speed sensor
signal 1 circuit)
11 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: WHT/RED
(Fuse 9 - Accessory
power)
12 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
13 WHT/BLK (Brake pedal
position circuit)
14 YEL (FuseS)
15 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: WHT/BLU
(Fuse 22 - Audio
system)
16 WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
160. C451
• LT BLU
• Under right side of dash
• Connects dashboard wire harness B (right
branch) to dashboard wire harness A
1 2 n 3 4
5
6l7h 9 I 10 I 11 | 12
13|14|15 16
1 BLU/BLK
(Wiper/washer)
2 WHT (Fuse 26)
3 GRN/WHT (Fuse 17)
4 BLU/ORN (Intermittent
wiper circuit)
5 GRN/YEL
(Ceiling lights/spotlights
or keyless)
6 PNK/BLK (HVAC)
7 PNK/BLU (HVAC)
8 PNK (HVAC)
9 GRY (HVAC)
10 LT GRN (HVAC)
11 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada:
BRN (HVAC)
12 BLU/RED
(HVAC)
13 BLU/YEL
(HVAC)
14 BLK/YEL (Fuse 20)
15 WHT/BLK
(Wiper/washer)
16 BLK (G402)
161. C504
-GRY
- Under right side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to
passenger's door wire harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 I 12 13 14 15 16
1 BLK (G501)
2 RED/BLU
(Power windows)
3 RED/BLU
(Power mirrors)
4 BLU/WHT
(Power windows)
5 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: GRN/BLK
(Audio system)
6 PNK/BLK
(Power door locks)
7 —
8 RED/BLU
(Power windows)
9 RED (Power windows)
10 RED/WHT
(Power windows)
11 BLU/RED
(Power windows)
12 GRN/WHT
(Power mirrors)
13 BLU/WHT
(Power mirrors)
14 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: LT GRN
(Audio system)
15 PNK/BLU
(Power door locks)
162. Keyless Door Lock Control Unit
- GRY/WHT
- Under left side of dash
rr 2 3 4 • l 5 6 7
9 10 11 12,) 1,13114,1 V5
16 17 18
Factory:
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 —
2 GRN/YEL
(Ceiling light control)
3 ORN (Horn relay control
circuit)
4 RED/BLK (Illumination
(positive) circuit)
5 BLK/YEL
(Trunk lid opener signal)
6 PNK/BLK
(Lock signal (+))
7 YEL/GRN (Driver's
unlock signal (+))
8 WHT (Fuse 26)
9 YEL (Unlock input (-))
10 YEL/BLK (Lock input (-))
11 —
12 —
13 RED/WHT (Ignition
key switch input)
14 BLK/WHT
(Door open input)
15 WHT (Switch input)
16 YEL (Fuse 5)
17 BLK (G501)
18 PNK/BLU (Passenger's
unlock signal (+))
Honda Accessory:
- On security system harness (Honda Accessory)
1 —
2 GRN/YEL
(Ceiling light control)
3 ORN (Horn relay control
circuit)
4 RED/BLK (Illumination
(positive) circuit)
5 BLK/YEL
(Trunk lid opener signal)
6 PNK/BLK
(Lock signal (+))
7 YEL/WHT
(Driver's unlock
signal (+))
8 WHT (Fuse 26)
9 YEL (Unlock input (-))
10 YEL/BLK (Lock input (-))
11 GRN/RED (Unlock)
12 BLK/WHT (Lock)
13 RED/WHT (Ignition
key switch input)
14 BLK/WHT
(Door open input)
15 WHT (Switch input)
16 YEL (Fuse 5)
17 BLK (G501)
18 PNK/BLU (Passenger's
unlock signal (+))
163. C104 (Junction Connector)
-PNK
- Behind left kick panel
- On engine wire harness
I' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 »
. J
"1
—.—. .—. „N R
1 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
2 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
3 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
4 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
5 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
6 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
7 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
8 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
9 YEL/BLK (Power source
for ECM circuit)
J
Terminals grouped together are connected by the same bus bar.
164. C204
-WHT
- Under right side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to right
engine compartment wire harness
11 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)
12 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)
13 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)
14 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)
15 BLK/YEL
(Ignition system)
16 BRN/YEL (G101)
17 BRN/YEL (G101)
18 BRN/YEL (G101)
19 BRN/YEL (G101)
20 BRN/YEL (G101)
t
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12
1 RED/YEL (Fuse 45)
2 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: BLU/RED
(Compressor clutch
control (+))
3 YEL/BLU (EPS)
4 WHT/BLK (Vehicle
speed sensor signal 1
circuit)
5 BLU/BLK (EPS)
6 YEL (Fuse 5)
7 BLU (EPS)
8 BRN (Service check
signal circuit)
9 LT BLU (DLC
input/output circuit)
10 BLK (Outside air
temperature sensor)
11 BLK (G501)
12 —
13 RED (Compressor clutch
control (-))
14 GRN/RED (ELD Unit)
15 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: BLU/RED
(A/C pressure switch)
16 —
17 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: BLU/WHT
(A/C pressure switch)
18 GRN (Fans)
19 —
20 PNK (Outside air
temperature sensor)
165. C303
-WHT
- Under left side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to left engine
compartment wire harness
r
r ft
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12
1 BLK (G501)
2 — •
3 Male - GRN/BLK
Female
(Not used)
4 Male - GRN
Female
(Not used)
5 PNK (VSA system)
6 LT GRN (VSA system)
7 GRN/WHT
(VSA system)
8 RED/YEL
(EVAP system)
9 —
10 —
11 BLU (ECT2)
12 RED/WHT
(High beam indicator)
13 GRY (VSA system)
14 GRN (Ground for ECM
sensors (SG3) circuit)
15 PNK/BLK (VSA system)
16 GRN (VSA system)
17 WHT (VSA OFF SW)
18 BLU/RED (VSA system)
19 BLU (Engine speed
signal circuit)
20 GRN/RED (Brake fluid
level circuit)
166. C502
-GRY
- Behind left kick panel
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to driver's
door wire harness
n n
1 2 3 4 p=l 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 | 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 YEL/GRN (Power door
locks/keyless entry)
2 YEL/BLK (Fuse 19-
power mirror)
3 WHT (Power door
locks/keyless entry)
4 BLU/WHT
(Power mirrors)
5 GRN/WHT
(Power windows)
6 GRN/WHT (Fuse 17-
power windows)
7 USA: Base; Canada:
BLU/ORN (Convertible
top or power windows)
8 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: GRN/YEL
(Audio system)
9 —
10 PNK/BLK (Power door
locks/keyless entry)
11 YEL (Power door
locks/keyless entry)
12 YEL/BLK (Power door
locks/keyless entry)
13 RED/BLU
(Right mirror common)
14 BLK (G501)
15 BLU/WHT (Convertible
top or power windows)
16 BLU/RED (Convertible
top or power windows)
17 GRN/BLK(Fuse 8 -
power windows)
18 RED/WHT
(Power windows)
19 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: GRY/RED
(Audio system)
20 —
167. TPMS Control Unit
-GRY
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
n (i
1 | 2 j : !I4I!I'I J 8 9 j 10 j
I" I12
13 | 14 ] is] 16 17 | 18 | 19 20
1 WHT (CAN-H)
2 —
3 —
4 BLK (GND)
5 —
6 —
7 GRY (K-LINE)
8 YEL (IG1)
9 —
10 RED (+)
11 RED (CAN-L)
12 —
13 —
14 —
15 —
16 —
17 —
18 —
19 —
20 —
168. Security Control Unit
(Honda Accessory)
-GRN
- Under driver's seat
- On security system harness (Honda Accessory)
1 2 3 4 5 ^>5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
I'M"
18 19 20 21 22
1 — 11 YEL/BLU (Ignition ON
2 BLK/WHT input - In-line fuse 2)
(Door open input) 12 —
3 BLU/BLK 13 BLK (G501)
(Trunk lid latch switch 14 BLK/YEL (LED control)
input) 15 RED/WHT (Ignition
4 YEL/RED key switch input)
(Hood switch input) 16 GRN/YEL
5 BLU (Ceiling light control)
(Disarm switch input) 17 BLU
6 BLK/WHT (Lock output) (Taillight relay control)
7 YEL/RED 18 ORN (Horn relay control
(Unlock relay control) circuit)
8 GRN/RED 19 —
(Unlock output) 20 BLK/ORN
9 — (Trunk lid open control)
10 WHT/BLU (Battery input 21 —
- In-line fuse 1) 22 —
169. C401
-GRY
- Behind left kick panel
- Connects dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
to rear wire harness (left branch)
2 3 8 9 10 11
hr 13 14 19 20 21 22
1 USA; Base; Canada:
BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
2 BLU/YEL (VSA)
3 GRN/WHT (VSA)
4 GRY/RED (VSA)
5 YEL/RED (VSA)
6 Male - BLK/YEL
Female
(Not used)
7 —
8 WHT (TPMS)
9 RED (TPMS)
10 WHT (Fuse 26)
11 YEL/GRN
(Fuel supply system)
12 BLK/RED
(Rear defogger)
13 WHT/BLU (Fuse 24)
14 GRN/RED
(Turn signal lights)
170. C404
- LT BLU
- Under left side of dash
- Connects dashboard wire harness B (left
branch) to dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
16I17H19
20 21 22 23 24
15 USA: Base; Canada: 1 BLU 13 Canada: RED/BLU
LT GRN/RED (Lights-on reminder) USA: YEL
(Convertible top) 2 RED/BLK (Illumination (Headlights)
16 USA: Base; Canada: (positive) circuit) 14 GRN/YEL
RED/WHT 3 GRY (Turn signal lights)
(Convertible top) (DLC and MIL circuits) 15 GRN/RED
17 USA: Base; Canada: 4 LT GRN/RED (Turn signal lights)
RED (Convertible top) (Cruise control) 16 GRN (Wiper/washer)
18 USA: Base; Canada: 5 LT GRN (Cruise control) 17 GRN/WHT (Parking
RED/BLU 6 BLU/WHT (DRL) brake position circuit)
(Convertible top) 7 GRN/YEL 18 YEL/BLK (Fuse 19-
19 GRN/YEL (Fuel supply system) Power mirror)
(Turn signal lights) 8 RED/BLU 19 RED/WHT
20 WHT/BLK (Brake pedal (Immobilizer system) (Key-in reminder)
position circuit) 9 LT GRN/BLK (Resume 20 BRN (Service check
21 RED/BLK (Illumination switch input (RES)) signal circuit)
(positive) circuit) 10 LT BLU (DLC 21 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6)
22 USA: Base; Canada: input/output circuit) 22 Male - GRN/RED
WHT/RED 11 GRN/WHT (Ground for Female
USA: CR, CR Audio - ECM sensors (LG3) (Not used)
A/C: WHT circuit) 23 BLU/WHT (Engine start
(Fuse 9) 12 RED (Illumination switch signal circuit)
(negative) circuit) 24 PNK
(Immobilizer indicator)
171. C501
-WHT
- Behind left kick panel
- Connects dashboard wire harness A to rear wire
harness (left branch)
4 5 6 7 8 9 To [ii 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24|25 26 27 28
15
3
1 BLU/YEL (Audio system)
2 RED/YEL
(Audio system)
3 GRY/RED
(Audio system)
4 YEL/BLK (Fuel gauge)
5 GRN/BLK
(Back-up lights)
6 GRN (Ground for ECM
sensors (SG3) circuit)
7 _
8 —
9- —
10 WHT (TPMS)
11 RED (TPMS)
12 BLK/YEL (Power door
locks/keyless entry)
13 YEL/BLU (Reference
voltage for ECM sensors
(VCC3) circuit)
14 WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
15 ORN (Audio system)
16 WHT (Power source for
ECM sensors circuit)
17 BRN/WHT
(Audio system)
18 BLU/BLK (Trunk lid
position circuit)
19 LT GRN/RED (DOOR
SW (AS))
20 GRN (DOOR SW (DR))
21 Male-YEL
Female - BLU/RED
(Driver's seat belt buckle
switch circuit)
22 LT GRN (EVAP system)
23 —
24 —
25 LT GRN/WHT
(EVAP system)
26 LT GRN
(Convertible top system)
27 BLK (Audio system)
28 WHT (Audio system)
172. Heater Control Panel
-GRN
- Right of steering wheel
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 XT 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
PNK (Air mix control - M COOL output)
PNK/BLU (Air mix control - M HOT output)
YEL/BLU (Mode control - M DEF output)
YEL/RED (Mode control - M VENT output)
GRY (Voltage supply (+5V))
PNK/BLK (Air mix control - Door position input)
USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada: BRN
(Evaporator temperature sensor input)
YEL/GRN (Mode control - MODE 2 output)
BRN/WHT (Mode control - MODE 1 output)
LT GRN (Sensor ground)
BLU/RED (HVAC)
USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada: BLU/WHT
(A/C ON request output)
BLU/YEL (HVAC)
GRN/WHT (Recirculation control - Fresh (FRS) output)
GRN/YEL (Recirculation control - (REC) output)
YEL (Mode control - MODE 4 output)
BLK/WHT (Mode control - MODE 3 output)
BLK/WHT (Illumination cancel signal)
BLK (G402)
RED/BLK (Illumination (positive) circuit)
RED (Illumination (negative) circuit)
WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
BLK/YEL (Fuse 20)
173. VSA Modulator-Control Unit
- BLK
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
1 I2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10J11 12|13|14 15 16 1
17|18 19 20 21 22123 24 25|26 27|28 29 30 31
16
32 47 32 j 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42|43|44 45 46 47
1 WHT/BLU (Fuse 50) 25 RED (CAN2 L)
2 GRY (K-LINE) 26 —
3 — 27 WHT (VSA OFF)
4 BLK/YEL (Fuse 6) 28 —
5 — 29 WHT (CAN2 H)
6 GRN/WHT (CLST-IG) 30 —
7 — 31 LT GRN (CLST-GND)
8 — 32 WHT/RED (Fuse 48)
9 GRN/RED (BFLS) 33 BLU (FR-GND)
10 — 34 GRN/BLK (FR +B)
11 RED (CAN1 H) 35 GRN (ACT)
12 — 36 YEL/RED (RL +B)
13 PNK (WL-EBD) 37 GRY/RED (RL-GND)
14 — 38 —
15 WHT (CAN1 L) 39 —
16 BLK (G303) 40 —
17 PNK/BLK (ACT) 41 —
18 — 42 BLU/YEL (RR-GND)
19 — 43 GRN/WHT (RR +B)
20 — 44 BLU/RED (ABS)
21 — 45 BLU/ORN (FL+B)
22 — 46 BRN/WHT (FL-GND)
23 — 47 BLK (G303)
24 —
174. ACC Cut Relay and IG2 Relay
-GRY
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
JUL
©
®
© ACC Cut Relay;
1 WHT/RED (Accessory power socket)
2 —
3 LT BLU (Clutch interlock switch)
4 YEL/RED (Fuse 9)
5 BLU/WHT (Engine start switch signal circuit)
@ 1G2 Relay:
1 BLK/RED (Ignition switch)
2 —
3 LT BLU (Clutch interlock switch)
4 YEL (Fuses 19 and 20)
5 BLU/WHT (Engine start switch signal circuit)
175. Audio Unit
- Behind audio unit
Connector A
(USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
- LT BLU
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
YEL/GRN
(Antenna amplifier)
WHT/RED
(Switched ignition input)
GRN/RED
(Audio remote switch input)
RED/YEL (RR+)
BLU/YEL (LR+)
GRN/BLK (RF+)
8 GRN/YEL (LF+)
9 RED/BLK (ILL+)
10 WHT/BLU
(Battery input)
11 —
12 —
13 —
14 YEL/BLU
(Audio remote mute input)
15 BRN/WHT (RR-)
16 GRY/RED (LR-)
17 LT GRN (RF-)
18 GRY/RED (LF-)
19 RED (ILL-)
20 BLK (Ground)
Connector B
(Honda Accessory) (Canada)
- LT BLU
- CD changer accessory BUS cable
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
BLK (Audio system)
RED (Audio system)
BRN (Audio system)
BLU (Audio system)
8 BLK (Audio system)
9 WHT (Audio system)
10 BLK (Audio system)
11 —
12 YEL (Audio system)
13 GRN (Audio system)
14 —
Connector B (USA)
-WHT
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 EiDIDl 12 13 14
1 WHT/RED (+B)
2 WHT/RED (System Acc)
3 ORN (BUS SH GND)
4 GRY (Shield)
5 WHT (R+)
6 RED (L+)
7 WHT/RED (+B)
8 —
9 BLK (ECU BUS +)
10 WHT (ECU BUS-)
11 BLK (GND)
12 —
13 BLK (R-)
14 GRN (L-)
176. Auxiliary Under-hood Fuse Box
- Left side of engine compartment
- On left engine compartment wire harness
Connector A
- BLK/BRN
1 WHT/RED (Fuse 33)
2 —
Connector B
- BRN/NAT
1 —
2 —
3 WHT/GRN (Fuse 34)
177. Cable Reel
- In steering column cover
Connector A
-YEL
- On main SRS wire harness
rJ
3 4
1 Male-YEL
Female - GRN or BLU
(Driver's second inflator)
2 Male - BLK
Female - PUR or BLU
(Driver's second inflator)
3 Male - GRN
Female - LT BLU or BLU
(Driver's first inflator)
4 Male - WHT
Female - BRN or BLU
(Driver's first inflator)
Connector B:
-GRY
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
Male - LT GRN/BLK
Female - BLU
(Cruise resume sw)
Male - LT GRN/RED
Female - RED
(Cruise set sw)
3 Male - ORN
Female - BRN
(Horn relay control
circuit)
178. Convertible Top Control Unit
(USA; Base; Canada)
-GRY
- Under right side of dash
Connector A
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
r-1 2 3 4 5
6>! 7 8
9J I12
13
RED (Top close (+) 8 BLK (G402)
output, left motor) 9 RED/BLK
RED/BLU (Top open (+) (Top OPEN request)
output, left motor) 10 RED/YEL
GRY (Fuse 55) (Top CLOSE request)
LT GRN/RED (Top close 11 BLK (G402)
(+) output, right motor) 12 GRN/WHT (Parking
RED/WHT (Top open (+) brake position circuit -
output, right motor) Parking brake input)
GRY/RED (Fuse 52) 13 WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
BLK (G402) 14 BLU/BLK (Fuse 18)
Connector B
- On dashboard wire harness A
0 2 r=i
•IT-*
3
41
5
H8J
10
1 YEL (Fuse 5)
2 BLU/ORN
(Driver's window
down control output)
3 RED/BLU (Passenger's
window up (+))
4 RED (Passenger's
window down (+))
5 LT GRN
(Hardtop CONNECTED
signal (option))
6 WHT/BLK (Vehicle
speed sensor signal 1
circuit -
vehicle speed input)
7 BLU/WHT
(Passenger's window
down request input)
8 BLU/RED
(Passenger's window
up request input)
9 RED/BLU
(Passenger's window
up redundant input)
10 BLK (G501)
179. Door Latch, Driver's
-GRY
- Driver's door
- On driver's door wire harness
Connector A
>
1 YEL/BLK (Knob switch LOCK output (-))
2 BLK (G501)
3 YEL (Knob switch UNLOCK output (-))
Connector B
QE)
1 PNK/BLK (Lock signal (+))
2 YEL/GRN (Unlock signal (+))
180. ECM
- Behind left kick panel
Connector A
- GRY
- On engine wire harness
1TiT7l4l5 6171 FT9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1 RED/BLU (KS)
2 YEL/BLK (IGP2)
3 YEL/BLK (IGP1)
4 BLK (PG2)
5 BLK (PG1)
6 GRN (CMP)
7 BLU (CKP)
8 BRN/YEL (LG2)
9 BRN/YEL (LG1)
10 GRN (AFSHTC)
11 —
12 —
13 WHT/BLU (IGPLS4)
14 WHT/BLK (IGPLS3)
15 WHT/GRN (IGPLS2)
16 WHT (IGPLS1)
17 —
18 BLU/WHT (NC)
19 —
20 YEL/BLU (VCC2)
21 YEL/RED (VCC1)
22 —
23 GRN/YEL (SG2)
24 GRN/WHT (SG1)
25 RED/YEL (APSB)
26 RED/BLU (APSA)
27 —
28 RED/YEL (AFS-)
29 —
30 GRN/RED (MAP)
31 RED (AFS+)
Connector B
-WHT
- On engine wire harness
n r ft
1 2
i» i
5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1 __ 13 WHT/RED (ALTF)
2 YEL (INJ4) 14 —
3 BLU (INJ3) 15 —
4 RED (INJ2) 16 —
5 BRN (INJ1) 17 RED/YEL (IAT)
6 GRN/YEL (VTS) 18 WHT/GRN (ALTC)
7 —- 19 GRN (SEFD)
8 RED/WHT (ECT 1) 20 BLU (SEDF)
9 — 21 YEL/BLU (PCS)
10 WHT/BLU (ALTL) 22 —
11 BLU/BLK (VTPSW) 23 —
12 — 24 —
Connector D
-WHT
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 r
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17
1 LT GRN/RED
(CCSETSW)
2 —
3 —
4 LT GRN (CCMSW)
5 —
6 —
7 LT GRN/BLK
(CCSRESSW)
8 GRY (BKSWNC)
9 PNK (CCCLSW)
10 —
11 —
12 —
13 —
14 —
15 BRN (ETCSRLY)
16 —
17 —
Connector E
-WHT
- On dashboard wire harness A
1 12131415 6I7I FT9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1 BLU (ECT 2)
2 —
3 GRN/WHT (LG3)
4 GRN (SG3)
5 YEL/BLU (VCC3)
6 —
7 GRN (MRLY)
8 ORN (AFSHTCR)
9 BLK/YEL (IG1)
10 —
11 RED (CAN H)
12 GRN (FAN C)
13 YEL (SEFMJ)
14 LT GRN (FTP)
15 GRN/RED (ELD)
16 BLU/BLK (EPSLD)
17 GRN/YEL (IMOFPR)
18 RED (ACC)
19 LT GRN/WHT (VSV)
20 RED (SH02S)
21 BLK/WHT (S02SHTC)
22 WHT/BLK (BKSW)
23 GRY (K-LINE)
24 WHT (CAN L)
25 BLU (NEP)
26 —
27 RED/BLU (IMOCD)
28 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: BLU/RED
(ACS)
29 BRN (SCS)
30 GRN/WHT (WEN)
31 —
181. EPS Control Unit
- GRY
- Right side of engine compartment
Connector A
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 GRN (EPS motor (-))
2 RED (EPS motor (+))
Connector B
- On right engine compartment wire harness
1 YEL (Ignition input (IG1)) 8 BRN (Service
2 WHT/BLK (Vehicle check input (SCS))
speed pulse (VSP)) 9 —
3 PNK (Voltage 10 —
sensor 1 input (VS1)) 11 WHT/GRN (Voltage
4 BLK (G402) sensor 2 input (VS2))
5 BLU (Tachometer 12 YEL/BLU (Indicator
signal input (NEP)) light control (WLP))
6 BLK (G201) 13 BLU/BLK (Power
7 BLU/RED (Torque steering signal (PS-SIG))
sensor power (PVF)) 14 LT BLU
(Data link (DLC))
182. Gauge Assembly
- Behind gauge assembly
- On dashboard wire harness A
Connector A
-GRN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 :«EB 18 19 20 21 22
1 YEL (Fuse 5)
2 BLU/WHT
(DRL indicator)
3 WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
4 PNK (Immobilizer
indicator (-))
5 BLK/WHT
(Door open output (-))
6 —
7 RED/YEL (Fuse 45)
8 RED/BLK
(Illumination (positive)
circuit - Dash and
console lights (+))
9 YEL (Fuse 5)
10 WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
11 GRY (K-LINE)
12 BLU/BLK
(Trunk indicator (-))
13 LT GRN/RED
(Passenger's door
switch input (-))
14 GRN (Driver's door
switch input (-))
15 Canada: RED/WHT
(High beam indicator (+))
USA: RED/WHT
(Fuse 45)
16 Canada: RED/BLU
USA: YEL
(High beam indicator (-))
17 BLK (G501)
18 BLK (G501)
19 RED (Illumination
(negative) circuit - Dash
and console lights (-))
20 BLK/YEL
(Security indicator (-))
21 USA: Base, CR, CR
Audio - A/C; Canada:
RED (CAN2L)
22 USA: Base, CR, CR
Audio - A/C; Canada:
WHT (CAN2H)
Connector C
- On EPS sub-harness
1 BLK (G351)
2 WHT/RED (Fuse 33)
(cont'd)
182. Gauge Assembly (cont'd)
- Behind gauge assembly
- On dashboard wire harness A
Connector B
- GRN
_
DQQDBIlH^^^ilBiQiOiEIISiE]
1 —
2 BLK (Fuel gauge
ground)
3 BLU (Tachometer
signal output)
4 BLU/RED
(Seat belt reminder)
5 BLK/YEL (SRS)
6 RED/WHT (Ignition key
switch input (-))
7 BLU/WHT (Vehicle
speed signal input (-))
8 WHT/BLK (Vehicle
speed pulse output)
9 BLK/WHT (Heater
control panel illumination
cancel output)
10 YEL/BLK (Fuel gauge
signal input)
11 GRN (VSA activation
indicator)
12 GRN (Intermittent wiper
relay driver output (-))
13 YEL/BLU
(Rear defogger)
14 PNK/BLK
(VSA indicator)
15 BLK/YEL
(Rear defogger)
16 BLU/ORN (Intermittent
wiper circuit - Wiper
position input)
17 BLU/BLK (Intermittent
wiper request input)
18 WHT/BLK
(Washer request input)
19 PNK
(SRS indicator circuit)
20 BLU/RED (VSA indicator
circuit input)
21 YEL/BLU
(EPS indicator (-))
22 PNK (Outside air
temperature sensor)
23 GRN/WHT (Parking
brake switch input (-))
24 GRN/RED
(Brake system
indicator input (-))
25 PNK (VSA)
26 YEL (MIL control)
27 YEL/RED
(Engine oil pressure
switch input (-))
28 BLK (Outside air
temperature sensor)
29 GRN/RED (Left turn
signal indicator (+))
30 GRN/YEL (Right turn
signal indicator (+))
183. High Beam Cut Relay and Rear
Window Defogger Relay
-GRY
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
®
GEEI
© Rear Window Defogger Relay:
1 WHT/GRN (Fuse 34) 4 —
2 BLK/RED (Power) 5 YEL/BLK (Fuse 19)
3 YEL/BLU (Relay control)
© High Beam Cut Relay:
1 RED/BLU (High beam
control output (-))
2 ORN (High beam
request input (-))
3 BLU/RED (Headlight
request input (-))
4 BLU (Fuse 45)
184. Passenger's Weight Sensor
Unit
- BLK/YEL
- Under passenger's seat
- On rear wire harness (right branch)
Connector A:
1 RED (SWIP)
2 BLK (SWIG)
Connector B;
/C3\
1 RED (SWOP)
2 BLK (SWIG)
Connector C;
185. PGM-FI Main Relays 1 and 2
-BLU
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (right branch)
0 PGM-FI Main Relay 1:
1 WHT/GRN (Fuse 46)
2 YEL/BLK (Power source for ECM circuit)
3 GRN (MRLY)
4 WHT/GRN (Fuse 46)
® PGM-FI Main Relay 2:
1 BLK/YEL (Fuse 2)
2 YEL/GRN (Fuel pump)
3 GRN/YEL (Fuel pump control)
4 —
5 YEL/BLK (Power source for ECM circuit)
1 —
2 —
3 BLK/YEL (Fuse 2)
4 —
5 GRN (ODUS)
6 BLK (G601)
186. SRS Unit
-YEL
- Behind lower center of dash
- On SRS main wire harness
Connector A
' I2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J10*
11 12 13 14 15 16
17 | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | 28
1 GRN or BLU (Driver's
second inflator)
2 PUR or BLU (Driver's
second inflator)
3 LT GRN or BLU
(Passenger's second
inflator)
4 LT BLU or BLU
(Passenger's second
inflator)
5 LT GRN/BLK or BLU
(MES)
6 BRN or BLU
(Service check signal
circuit)
7 LT BLU or BLU (Driver's
first inflator)
8 BRN or BLU (Driver's
first inflator)
9 YEL or BLU
(Passenger's first
inflator)
10 BLU (Passenger's first
inflator)
11 PNK or BLU (IDC)
12 BLU (PTT)
13 —
14 GRN or BLU (ODUS)
15 BRN (Left front impact
sensor)
16 LT BLU or BLU (Right
front impact sensor)
17 BLK/YEL or BLU (VA)
18 PNK or BLU (VB)
19 —
20 —
21 BLK/YEL or BLU (SRS)
22 GRN or BLK or BLU
(G801)
23 GRN or BLK or BLU
(G801)
24 GRY or BLU (K-LINE)
25 —
26 —
27 RED or BRN (Left front
impact sensor)
28 GRN or BLU (Right front
impact sensor)
Connector B
1I2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
"1"
13 14 15 16
17 | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
1 RED or BLU (Seat belt
tensioner - driver's)
2 BRN or BLU (Seat belt
tensioner - driver's)
3 GRN or BLU (Seat belt
tensioner - Passenger's)
4 LT BLU or BLU
(Seat belt tensioner -
Passenger's)
5 GRY or BLU (Driver's
seat position sensor)
6 LT GRN or BLU (Driver's
seat position sensor)
7 —
8 —
9 —
10 —
11 YEL or BLU (Driver's
seat belt buckle switch
(BSDL))
12 LT GRN or BLU
(Driver's seat belt buckle
switch (BSDH))
13 —
14 —
15 BLU (Passenger's seat
belt buckle switch
(BSPL))
16 ORN or BLU
(Passenger's seat belt
buckle switch (BSPH))
17 —
18 —
19 —
20 —
21 —
22 —
23 —
24 —
25 —
26 —
27 —
28 —
187. Accessory Power Socket
Relay and Throttle Actuator
Control Module Relay
-BLK
- Under left side of dash
- On dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
© Accessory Power Socket Relay;
1 WHT (Relay output)
2 BLU (Fuse 53)
3 BLK (G401)
4 WHT/RED (Fuse 9)
© Throttle Actuator Control Module
Relay;
1 YEL/GRN (Electronic throttle control system)
2 BLU/WHT (Fuse 14)
3 BRN (Electronic throttle control system)
4 YEL/GRN (Fuse 11)
188. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box
- Under left side of dash
Connector A
- Male - In under-dash fuse/relay box
- Female - YEL
- Connects under-dash fuse/relay box to SRS
main wire harness
1 Male - Internal connection (Fuse 1)
Female - BLU or PNK
(SRS unit - Ignition input)
2 Male - Internal connection (Fuse 2)
Female - BLU or BLK/YEL
(SRS unit - Ignition input)
Connector B
- Male - In under-dash fuse/relay box
- Female - BRN
- Connects under-dash fuse/relay box to ignition
switch lead
1 WHT (Fuse 42 - Battery output)
2 ORN (Ignition switch - ON output)
3 BLK/RED (Ignition switch - ON output)
4 Male - Internal connection
(Busbar - Fuses 1 through 7)
Female - BLK/YEL
(Ignition switch - ON output)
5 WHT/RED (Ignition switch -ACC or ON output)
6 WHT/BLK (Fuse 42 - Battery input)
7 BLK/YEL (Ignition switch - ON output)
Connector C
- Option connector
1 Male - YEL (IG2 relay output)
Female •
Connector D
- Option connector
1 Male - WHT: (Fuse 42 - battery input)
Female
Connector E
- Option connector
1 Male - RED/BLK (Illumination (positive) circuit - taillight
relay output)
Female
Relays
Starter Cut Relay
1 ORN (Ignition ON input) 4 —
2 BLK/WHT (Start output) 5 BLU WHT (Engine start
3 LT BLU (Clutch pedal switch signal circuit)
position circuit)
Taillight Relay
1 RED/BLK 4 —
(Taillight relay output) 5 WHT/GRN (Fuse 23)
2 WHT/GRN (Fuse 23)
3 BLU (Headlight or
parking light request)
Turn Signal/Hazard Relay
1 BLK/RED 2 GRN/WHT
(Turn signal/hazard (Ignition ON or hazard
power supply) switch ON input)
3 BLK (G401)
Fuses
1 Internal connection—10A—internal connection
2 Internal connection—15A—internal connection
3 BLK/WHT—7.5A—internal connection
4 —
5 YEL—7.5A—internal connection
6 BLK/YEL—15A—internal connection
7 RED/BLU—7.5A—internal connection
8 GRN/BLK—20A—BLK/YEL
9 YEL/RED—10A—WHT/RED
10 YEL/BLU—7.5A—YEL/BLK
11 YEL/GRN—7.5A—YEL/BLK
12 BLK/WHT—15A—GRN/BLK
13 BLU/ORN—7.5A—BLU/WHT
14 BLU/WHT—15A—YEL
15 WHT/RED—20A—YEL
16 BLK/YEL—15A—YEL
17 GRN/WHT—20A—WHT/BLK
18 BLU/BLK—20A—WHT/BLK
19 YEL/BLK—7.5A—YEL
20 BLK/YEL—7.5A—YEL
21 RED—7.5A—YEL
22 WHT/BLU—15A—YEL
23 WHT/GRN—10A—YEL
24 WHT/BLU—7.5A—YEL
25 WHT/RED—7.5A—YEL
26 WHT—15A—YEL
27 RED/BLU—10A—YEL
189. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box5 Main
- Right side of engine compartment
- On right engine compartment wire harness
Connector A
- LT GRN
1 2 3 I I 4 5 6
7 8 | 9 101 „ 12 113
14 | 15 16 | 17 18
1 —
2 RED/YEL (Headlights)
3 RED/YEL (Headlights)
4 RED/WHT (Headlights)
5 —
6 WHT/RED (Fuse 48)
7 —
8 BLU/RED (Horns)
9 BLU/RED (Horns)
10 —
11 ORN (Horn relay control
circuit)
12 BLU/RED (Headlights)
13 ~~
14 —
15 —
16 —
17 WHT/GRN
(Fuse 46 - PGM-FI)
18 —
Connector B
- BRN
EE
1 WHT/BLU (Fuse 50)
2 GRY (Fuse 55)
3 GRY/RED (Fuse 52)
4 WHT/BLK (Fuse 49 -
Hazard warning lights)
5 WHT/GRN (Fuse 47)
6 WHT/BLK (Fuse 51)
7 YEL (Fuse 54)
Connector C
- BRN
n
q
h
2
•
1 BLU/WHT (HVAC)
2 WHT (Fuse 42)
3 BLU (Fuse 53)
Connector D
- LT GRN
1 2 3 1 1
4 5 6
7 8 • |10
11112
13 | 14 15 16
1 BLK/YEL (Fuse 20)
2 YEL (Fuse 59)
3 BLU/BLK (Fans)
4 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: BLU/YEL
(Fans)
5 —
6 —
7 USA: Base, CR Audio -
A/C; Canada: BLU/RED
(HVAC)
8 —
9 BLK/YEL (Fuse 20)
10 —
11 RED (HVAC)
12 GRN (Fans)
13 —
14 BLK (G201)
15 —
16 BLK/YEL (Fuse 20)
190. XM Receiver (USA)
- Left side of trunk
Connector A
-WHT
- On rear wire harness (left branch)
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8
QEEUD
12 13 14
WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
WHT/RED (System Acc)
ORN
(Bus shield ground)
GRY (R+ shield)
WHT (R+)
RED (L+)
WHT/RED (Fuse 25)
8 —
9 BLK (ECU BUS +)
10 WHT (ECU BUS-)
11 BLK (G601)
12 —
13 BLK (R-)
14 GRN (L-)
Connector B
-BLK
- On XM antenna (Honda Accessory)
•
1 BLK (Terrestrial signal antenna)
2 BLK (Satellite signal antenna)
191. C51 (Honda Accessory)
-GRY
- Under left side of dash
- Connects hood switch harness (Honda Accessory)
to security system harness (Honda Accessory)
1 YEL/RED
(Security system)
2 —
192. C650
-GRY
- Under driver's seat
- Connects rear wire harness (left branch) to
driver's seat position sensor sub-harness
m=in
GE)
1 Male - WHT
Female-LT GRN
(SRS)
2 Male - BLK
Female - GRY
(SRS)
EPS Sub-harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1
2
3
7
8
T1
EPS control unit connector C
G351
T6
C351
©
2-GRY
2-GRY
Right side of engine compartment
Right side of engine compartment
Right side of engine compartment
Left side of engine compartment
Left side of engine compartment
Right side of engine compartment
Main under-hood fuse/relay
box (see page 6-1)
Body ground via EPS
sub-harness
Auxiliary under-hood fuse box
Left engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-6)
Battery positive terminal
Battery Ground Cable
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
4 G1
0
Right side of engine compartment
Right side of engine compartment
Body ground via battery
ground cable
Battery negative terminal
Starter Cable
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
5
6
9
11
G3
T7
T2
T3
Left side of engine compartment
Left side of engine compartment
Left side of engine
Left side of engine
Body ground via starter cable
Auxiliary under-hood fuse box
Starter motor
Engine block
Engine Ground Cable
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
10
12
T5
G2
Left side of engine
Left side of engine
Engine block
Rear beam ground via engine
ground cable
EPS Gearbox Ground Cable
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
13
14
T4
G4
Engine compartment
(below front beam)
Engine compartment
(below front beam)
EPS gearbox
Front beam ground via EPS
gearbox ground cable
Engine Wire Harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 T101 Right side of engine compartment Main under-hood fuse/relay
box (see page 6-1)
2 Rocker arm oil control solenoid
(VTEC solenoid valve)
1-GRY Right side of engine
3 Ignition coil No. 1 3-BLU Middle of engine
4 Ignition coil No. 2 3-BLU Middle of engine
5 Ignition coil No. 3 3-BLU Middle of engine
6 CMP sensor 3-BLK Rear of engine
7 Ignition coil No. 4 3-BLU Middle of engine
8 G101 Rear of engine Engine ground via engine wire
harness
9 A/F sensor 4-GRY Left side of transmission
10 Back-up light switch 2-GRY Left side of transmission
11 Secondary H02S 4-GRY Left side of transmission
12 Output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor
3-BLK Left side of transmission
13 C102 6-WHT Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
14 C101 16-LT
BLU
Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
15 ECM connector A 31-GRY Behind left kick panel
16 ECM connector B 24-WHT Behind left kick panel
17 C103 13-WHT Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
18 C104 (Junction connector) 20-PNK Behind left kick panel
19 Injector No. 4 2-BLU Middle of engine
20 Starter solenoid 1-BLK Left side of engine
21 TP sensor/throttle actuator 6-BLK Left side of engine
22 MAP sensor 3-BLK Left side of engine
23 A/C compressor 1-GRY Left side of engine *1
24 Alternator 4-BLU Left side of engine
25 T102 Left side of engine Alternator
26 Knock sensor 1-BLK Left side of engine
27 Injector No. 2 2-BLU Middle of engine
28 C105 3-BLK Middle of engine CKP sensor sub-harness
(see this page)
30 Injector No. 1 2-BLU Middle of engine
31 Injector No. 3 2-BLU Middle of engine
32 ECT sensor 1 2-BLK Rear of engine
33 T103 Right side of engine
34 Rocker arm oil pressure switch
(VTEC oil pressure switch)
2-GRY Right side of engine
*1 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
CKP Sensor Sub-harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
28 C105 (Male) 3-BLK Middle of engine Engine wire harness
(see this page)
29 CKP sensor 3-GRY or Front of engine
BLK
I
J
CKP Sensor Sub-harness
Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 A/C condenser fan motor 2-GRY Left side of engine compartment *1
2 EPS torque sensor 3-GRY Left side of engine compartment
3 EPS motor 2-GRY Engine compartment (below front
beam)
4 A/C pressure switch 2-GRY Behind center of front bumper *1
5 Outside air temperature sensor 2-GRY Behind center of front bumper
6 Low horn 1-BLK Behind center of front bumper
7 Radiator fan motor 2-GRY Right side of engine compartment
8 G201 Right side of engine compartment Body ground via right-side
engine compartment wire
harness
9 Right headlight, high beam 3-BLK Behind right headlight
10 Right headlight, low beam 2-GRY Behind right headlight
11 Right front wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Right side of engine compartment
12 Right front impact sensor 2-YEL Right side of engine compartment
13 Right front parking/side marker light 2-BRN/ Behind right headlight
NAT
14 Right front turn signal light 2-GRY Behind right headlight
15 High horn 1-BLK Right side of engine compartment
16 ELD unit (see page 6-1) 3-GRY Right side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay box
17 EPS control unit connector A 2-GRY Right side of engine compartment
18 Windshield washer motor 2-BRN/ Behind right front wheel well
NAT
19 EPS control unit connector B 14-GRY Right side of engine compartment
20 Right side turn signal light 2-BRN/ Behind right fender
NAT
21 C204 20-WHT Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
22 C203 7-BRN Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(right branch)
(see page 203-10)
23 C201 16- Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B |
LT BLU (right branch)
(see page 203-10)
24 C202 8-WHT Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(right branch)
(see page 203-10)
25 C205 4-YEL Under right side of dash SRS main wire harness
(see page 203-17)
26 Main under-hood fuse/relay box 16- Right side of engine compartment
connector D (see page 6-1) LT GRN
27 Main under-hood fuse/relay box 3-BRN Right side of engine compartment
connector C (see page 6-1)
28 Main under-hood fuse/relay box 7-BRN Right side of engine compartment
connector B (see page 6-1)
29 Main under-hood fuse/relay box 18-LT Right side of engine compartment
connector A (see page 6-1) GRN l
*1 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
Left Engine Compartment Wire Harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 ECT sensor 2 2-BLK Left side of engine compartment
2 G301 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via left-side
engine compartment wire
harness
3 Left headlight, high beam 3-BLK Behind left headlight
4 Left headlight, low beam 2-GRY Behind left headlight
5 Left front impact sensor 2-YEL Left side of engine compartment
6 Left front turn signal light 2-GRY Behind left headlight
7 Left front wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Left side of engine compartment
8 Left front parking/side marker light 2-BRN/ Behind left headlight
NAT
9 APP sensor 6-BLK Left side of engine compartment
10 Auxiliary under-hood fuse box connector 3-BRN/ Left side of engine compartment Auxiliary under-hood fuse box
B (see page 6-7) NAT
11 G303 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via left-side
engine compartment wire
harness
12 Left side turn signal light 2-BRN/ Behind left fender
NAT
13 Intermittent wiper relay 6-BRN/ Left side of engine compartment
NAT
14 Test tachometer connector 2-BLK Left side of engine compartment
15 Brake fluid level switch 2-GRY Left side of engine compartment
16 C301 14-GRY Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness B (left
branch) (see page 203-8)
17 C304 8-WHT Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
18 C305 4-YEL Under left side of dash SRS main wire harness
19 C303 20-WHT Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
20 C302 16- Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness B (left
LT BLU branch) (see page 203-8)
21 Windshield wiper motor 5-GRY Under left side of windshield
22 Auxiliary under-hood fuse box connector 2-BRN/ Left side of engine compartment Auxiliary under-hood fuse box
A (see page 6-7) BLK
23 C351 2-GRY Left side of engine compartment EPS sub-harness
(see page 203)
24 VSA modulator-control unit 47-BLK Left side of engine compartment
25 EVAP canister purge valve 2-BLK Left side of engine compartment
26 IAT sensor 2-BLK Middle of engine
Dashboard Wire Harness B (Left Branch)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to
1 Wiper/washer switch 14-GRY In steering column cover
2 Immobilizer control unit-receiver 7-WHT In steering column cover
3 Ignition key switch 7-GRN In steering column cover
4 TPMS control unit 20-GRY Under left side of dash
5 C401 22-GRY Behind left kick panel Rear wire harness (left branch)
(see page 203-14)
6 G401 Under left side of dash Body ground via dashboard
wire harness B
7 C405 (Junction connector) 12-BRN Under left side of dash
8 Accessory power socket relay 4-BLK Under left side of dash
9 Throttle actuator control module relay 4-BLK Under left side of dash
10 High beam cut relay 4-GRY Under left side of dash
11 Rear window defogger relay 5-GRY Under left side of dash
12 Clutch pedal position switch 2-NAT Under left side of dash
13 Clutch interlock switch 2-YEL Under left side of dash
14 C301 14-GRY Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-6)
15 C302 16- Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wire
LT BLU harness (see page 203-6)
16 Brake pedal position switch 4-WHT Under left side of dash
17 C404 24- Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
LT BLU (see page 203-12)
18 C403 16- Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
LT BLU (see page 203-12)
19 C402 6-LT BLU Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
20 Combination light switch 16-GRY In steering column cover
21 Cable reel connector B 3-GRY In steering column cover
22 Steering angle sensor 5-GRN In steering column cover
Dashboard Wire Harness B (Right Branch)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 Ignition coil relay 4-BLK Under left side of dash
2 A/F sensor relay 4-BLK Under left side of dash
3 PGM-FI main relay 1 4-BLU Under left side of dash
4 DRL diode 2 3-WHT Under middle of dash USA
5 DRL diode 1 2-BLK Under middle of dash
6 DRL control unit 14-WHTV
GRY
Under left side of dash
7 DRL sub-control unit 14-GRY Under left side of dash USA
8 Mode control motor 7-GRN Under left middle of dash
9 Air mix control motor 7-GRN Under right side of dash
10 Evaporator temperature sensor 2-GRY Under right side of dash *2
11 Blower power transistor 5-NAT Under right side of dash
12 Convertible top control unit connector A 14-GRY Under right side of dash *1
13 Blower motor 2-NAT Under right side of dash
14 Recirculation control motor 7-GRN Under right side of dash
15 C453 12-WHT Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
16 C203 7-BRN Under right side of dash Right engine compartment wire
harness
(see page 203-4)
17 C201 16-
LT BLU
Under right side of dash Right engine compartment wire
harness
(see page 203-4)
18 C451 16-
LT BLU
Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
19 Imoes unit 5-GRN Under right side of dash
20 G402 Under right side of dash Body ground via dashboard
wire harness B
21 C452 2-GRY Under right side of dash Roof wire harness
(see page 203-16)
22 Convertible top motor emergency
connector
2-GRY Under right side of dash *1
23 C202 8-WHT Under right side of dash Right engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-4)
24 Parking brake switch 2-GRY Below center of console
25 Hazard warning switch 10-GRY Below center of console
26 Rear window defogger switch 6-BLU Below center of console
27 Convertible top switch 6-GRY Below center of console *1
28 DLC 16-GRY Under left middle of dash
29 IG2 relay 5-GRY Under left side of dash
30 ACC cut relay 5-GRY Under left side of dash
31 PGM-FI main relay 2 5-BLU Under left side of dash
*1 = USA: Base; Canada
*2 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
(Continues to left
Dashboard Wire Harness A
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 C505 12-WHT Behind left kick panel Rear wire harness (left branch)
(see page 203-14)
2 C501 28-WHT Behind left kick panel Rear wire harness (left branch)
(see page 203-14)
3 C502 20-GRY Behind left kick panel Driver's door wire harness
(See page 203-18)
4 C101 16-
LT BLU
Behind left kick panel Engine wire harness
(see page 203-2)
5 C102 6-WHT Behind left kick panel Engine wire harness
(see page 203-2)
6 C103 13-WHT Behind left kick panel Engine wire harness
(see page 203-2)
7 Engine start switch 5-GRN Left of steering wheel
8 Security LED connector 2-WHT Behind left kick panel Security control unit Security LED connector
(Honda Accessory)
9 Keyless door lock control unit 18-GRY/
WHT
Under left side of dash
10 Audio remote switch 6-GRN Left of steering wheel *2
11 ECM connector D 17-WHT Behind left kick panel
12 ECM connector E 31-WHT Behind left kick panel
13 Cruise control main switch 6-NAT Left of steering wheel
14 C403 16-
LT BLU
Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness B (left
branch) (see page 203-8)
15 C404 24-
LT BLU
Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness B (left
branch) (see page 203-8)
16 Gauge assembly connector B 30-GRN Behind gauge assembly
17 Gauge assembly connector A 22-GRN Behind gauge assembly
18 Heater control panel 30-GRN Right of steering wheel
19 Passenger's air bag cut-off indicator 4-GRN Center of dash
20 Audio unit connector A 20-LT BLU Behind audio unit *2
21 C551 2-GRY Behind lower center of dash Antenna amplifier sub-harness
(see page 203-16)
*2
22 C453 12-WHT Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B (right
branch) (see page 203-10)
23 Convertible top control unit connector B 10-GRY Under right side of dash *1
24 C451 16-
LT BLU
Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B (right
branch) (see page 203-10)
25 C204 20-WHT Under right side of dash Right engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-4)
26 C504 16-GRY Under right side of dash Passenger's door wire harness
(see page 203-19)
27 C507 (Junction Connector) 12-BLU Under right side of dash
28 Throttle actuator control module 16-GRY Under right side of dash
29 Audio unit connector B 14-WHT Behind audio unit USA
30 VSA off switch 6-NAT Right of steering wheel
31 C304 8-WHT Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-6)
32 C303 20-WHT Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-6)
33 C402 6-LT BLU Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness B (left
branch) (see page 203-8)
34 C503 6-YEL Under left side of dash SRS main wire harness
(see page 203-17)
35 G502 Under right side of dash Body ground via dashboard wire
harness A
36 G501 Behind left kick panel Body ground via dashboard wire
harness A
*1 = USA: Base; Canada
*2 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
Rear Wire Harness (Left Branch)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 C401 22-GRY Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness B (left branch)
(see page 203-8)
2 C501 28-WHT Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A (see page 203-12)
3 Driver's seat belt buckle switch 3-GRY/BLU Under driver's seat
4 Driver's door switch 1-NAT Behind left side rear trim
5 Left convertible top motor 2-BRN Behind left side rear trim *2
6 C601 3-GRY Under driver's roll bar Hardtop sub-harness (see page 203-20)
7 Left rear wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Left side of trunk
8
9
FTP sensor
EVAP canister vent shut valve
3-BLK
2-BLK
Under left side of floor
Under left side of floor
10 Noise condenser 2-GRY Left side of trunk
11 Rear window defogger diode 2-BLK Left side of trunk *2
12 Rear window defogger change relay 5-GRY Left side of trunk *2
13 C602 2-BRN Left side of trunk Rear window defogger sub-harness (softtop) (see
page 203-21)
Softtop
14 Left brake/side marker/tailiight 3-GRY Behind left taillight assembly
15 Left rear turn signal light 2-GRY Behind left taillight assembly
16 Left back-up light 2-GRY Behind left taillight assembly
17 Trunk lid opener solenoid/latch switch 3-GRY Middle of trunk lid
18 High mount brake light 2-GRY Middle of trunk lid
19 XM receiver connector A 14-WHT Left side of trunk USA
20 Trunk light 2-GRY Upper middle of trunk
21 G601 Left side of trunk Body ground via rear wire harness
22 Fuel tank unit 5-GRY Middle of fuel tank
23 C603 8-GRY Behind rear of console SRS main wire harness (see page 203-17)
24 Trunk lid opener switch 2-NAT Behind rear of console
25 VSA sensor cluster 6-BLK/GRY Behind rear of console
26 Driver's left rear speaker 2-BLK Under driver's roll bar *1
27 Driver's right rear speaker 3-BLK Under driver's roll bar *1
28 C650 2-GRY Under driver's seat Driver's seat position sensor
29 C505 12-WHT Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A (see page 203-12) USA
*1 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
*2 = USA: Base; Canada
Rear Wire Harness (Right Branch)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 Passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3-BLU Under passenger's seat
2 Passenger's weight sensor unit
connector C
6-BLK/
YEL
Under passenger's seat
3 Passenger's left rear speaker 3-BLK Under passenger's roll bar *1
4 Passenger's door switch 1-NAT Behind right side rear trim
5 Right convertible top motor 2-BRN Behind right side rear trim *2
6 Accessory power socket 2-BLK Behind rear of console
7 Right rear wheel speed sensor 2-ORN Right side of trunk
8 Passenger's right rear speaker 2-BLK Under passenger's roll bar *1
9 Right brake/side marker/taillight 3-GRY Behind right taillight assembly
10 Right rear turn signal light 2-GRY Behind right taillight assembly
11 Right back-up light 2-GRY Behind right taillight assembly
12 License plate light 2-BRN/
NAT
Center of rear bumper
13 G602 Left side of trunk Body ground via rear wire harness
*1 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
*2 = USA: Base; Canada
(right branch)
Roof Wire Harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1
2
Ceiling light/spotlights
C452
4-NAT
2-GRY
Center of front roof rail trim
Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(right branch)
(see page 203-10)
Antenna Amplifier Sub-harness (USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
3
4
C551
AM/FM antenna amplifier
2-GRY
2-GRY
Behind lower center of dash
Right side of trunk
Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
Roof Wire Harness
SRS Main Wire Harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Motes
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
MES connector (see page 6-5)
Under-dash fuse/relay box connector A
(see page 6-5)
C503
Cable reel connector A
SRS unit connector A
SRS unit connector B
Passenger's airbag first and second
inflators
C205
Passenger's seat belt tensioner
C603
Driver's seat belt tensioner
G801
C305
2-YEL
2-YEL
6-YEL
4-YEL
28-YEL
28-YEL
4-YEL
4-YEL
2-YEL
8-GRY
2-YEL
4-YEL
Under left side of dash
Under left side of dash
Under left side of dash
In steering column cover
Behind lower center of dash
Behind lower center of dash
Under right side of dash
Under right side of dash
Behind passenger's roll bar
Behind rear of console
Behind driver's roll bar
Behind lower center of dash
Under left side of dash
Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
Right engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-4)
Rear wire harness (left branch)
(see page 203-14)
Body ground via SRS main
wire harness
Left engine compartment wire
harness (see page 203-6)
Ignition Switch Lead
Ref Connector or Termina! Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
3 Under-dash fuse/relay box connector B
(see page 6-5)
7-BRN Under left side of dash
Driver's Door Wire Harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Motes
i
1 Left power mirror 3-GRY Driver's door
2 C502 20-GRY Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
3 Driver's door speaker 2-GRY Driver's door *1
4 Power window master switch 14-GRY Driver's door
5 Power mirror switch 10-GRN Driver's door
6 Driver's power window motor 4-GRY/
LT GRN
Driver's door
7
8
Driver's door key cylinder switch
Driver's door latch connector B
2-GRY
2-GRY
Driver's door
Driver's door
9 Driver's door latch connector A 3-GRY Driver's door
10 Left tweeter 2-GRY Driver's door *1
*1 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
Driver's Door Wire Harness
Passenger's Door Wire Harness
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 C504 16-GRY Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 203-12)
2 Right power mirror 3-GRY Passenger's door
3 Passenger's door speaker 2-GRY Passenger's door *1
4 Passenger's power window switch 6-GRN Passenger's door
5 Passenger's power window motor 2-GRY Passenger's door
6 Passenger's door lock actuator 2-GRY Passenger's door
7 Right tweeter 2-GRY Passenger's door *1
*1 = USA: Base, CR Audio - A/C; Canada
Hardtop Sub-harness (Removable Hardtop) (USA: CR, CR Audio - A/C)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
3
5
7
C601
Convertible top disable switch
C901
3-GRY
2- GRY
3- BLK
Under driver's roll bar
Under driver's roll bar
Behind left side rear trim
Rear wire harness (left branch) (see
page 203-14)
Hardtop wire harness (see this page)
Hardtop Wire Harness (Removable Hardtop) (CR, CR Audio - A/C)
Ref Connector ©r Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
4
6
8
Rear window defogger connector A (+)
G901
C901
1-NAT
3-BLK
Left side of hardtop
Left side of hardtop
Behind left side rear trim
Body ground via hardtop wire
harness
Hardtop sub-harness (see this page)
Rear Window Defogger Ground Wire (Removable Hardtop) (CR, CR Audio - A/C)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1
2
G902
Rear window defogger connector B (-) 1-NAT
Right side of hardtop
Right side of hardtop
Body ground via rear window
defogger ground wire
Rear Window Defogger Sub-harness (Softtop) (USA: Base; Canada)
Ref Connector or Terminal Cavities/
Color Location Connects to Notes
1 Rear window defogger connector A 1-BLK Left side of softtop
2 Rear window defogger connector B 1-BLK Left side of softtop
3 C602 2-BRN Left side of trunk Rear wire harness (left branch)
(see page 203-14)
3
Terminal Replacement Procedure
HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS
The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and
materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors)
to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals.
However, not all terminals for all connectors are
available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair
kits for replacement terminal availability.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION:
On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate
harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace
the harness; do not repair it. On other models,
wire harnesses include fellow SRS wires. If any
SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness;
do not repair it.
Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to
repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will
be long enough to make a terminal repair without
stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the
connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the
connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair,
you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short
length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it).
Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS.
Removing the Terminal
Use the tools from Pin Tool Set.
First, check the connector that you are about to repair.
• If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors
With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on
most connectors on some models, is an additional
locking device on the connector housing as a
backup for the primary lock on the terminal.
• If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go
to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock.
Connectors With a Secondary Lock
All examples are shown with the connector lock facing
up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary
terminal locks; however, the connector you are
repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by
the type of secondary lock, not by the number of
terminal cavities.
EXAMPLE A:
1. Release the secondary lock.
Lift up on the screwdriver and
the lock will "snap" upward.
2. Remove the terminal.
Insert the tool in this
Push the wire into the cavity above the
connector to relieve tension terminal until it seats.
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE B:
1. Remove the secondary lock from the male
terminal half.
• Male Terminal Half
Pull the lock straight out
of the connector with
needle-nose pliers.
2. Remove the secondary lock from the female
terminal half.
- Female Terminal Half
PIN TOOL E
Insert the tool
here, and push
the lock out.
3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male
and female).
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary lock.
PIN TOOL F
Pull the terminal out
of the connector. Insert the tool under the
terminal, and lift up.
EXAMPLE C:
1. Remove the secondary lock.
Carefully pry the secondary
lock out of the connector.
2. Remove the terminal from the female half.
- Female Terminal Half
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
lock
PIN TOOL G
Pull the terminal out
of the connector. Insert the tool at the middle of
the terminal, and lift up on the
primary lock.
3. Remove the terminal from the male half.
- Male Terminal Half
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary lock.
7
PIN TOOL E
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
Insert the tool under the
primary lock, and lift up.
4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE D:
1. Remove the secondary locks.
Pry out on the
on both sides.
Roll the upper and
lower locks in the
direction of the arrows.
2, Remove the terminal (same procedure for male
and female).
Push the wire into
the connector to
relieve the tension
on the primary lock
Insert the tool into
the upper half of the
terminal cavity.
2
Push down on
the tool to lift the
primary lock.
©
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
PIN TOOL A
3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE E;
1. Remove the secondary locks.
Gently pry up on the back of
the secondary terminal lock.
Roll the secondary lock
up so the lugs of trie lock
are free of the connector.
2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male
and female).
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
lock.
Insert the tool into the
larger hole in the face of
the connector.
PIN TOOL B
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
Push the tool
in until it seats.
3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE F:
1, Remove the secondary locks.
Gently pry up on the back
of the upper or lower
secondary terminal lock.
Pull back on the lock, then
lift it up so its lugs are free
of the connector.
2. Remove the terminal from the female half.
- Female Terminal Half
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
lock. r~
1
On the top row, insert the
tool below the terminal.
(On the bottom row, insert
the tool above the terminal.)
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
PIN TOOL F Pull up on the
tool to push down
the primary lock.
3. Remove the terminal from the male half.
- Male Terminal Half
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
lock.
0
On the top row, insert the
tool above the terminal (On
the bottom row, insert the
tool below the terminal.)
Push down on
the tool to lift the
primary lock.
©
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
PIN TOOL F
Connectors Without a Secondary Lock
All examples are shown with the connector lock facing
up. The illustrations are examples of connector
terminals without a secondary lock; however, the
connector you are repairing may vary in size and
shape.
EXAMPLE A;
1. Remove the terminal.
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
lock. 0
Insert the tool below
the terminal.
PIN TOOL A
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
©
Pull up on the tool
to push down the
primary lock.
2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE B:
1. Remove the terminal.
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
lock
' 1
Insert the tool into the
larger hole in the face
of the connector.
PIN TOOL B
Pull the terminal out
of the connector. Push the tool in
to release the
primary lock.
2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE C:
1. Remove the terminal.
Push the wire into
the connector to
relieve the tension
on the primary lock.
PIN TOOL C
Insert the tool into
the access slot
above the terminal.
\ View from wire side.
Pull the terminal out (3) Twist it 90° to
of the connector. release the lock.
Slide the tool into
the primary lock.
2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE D:
1. Remove the terminal.
Push the wire into
the connector to
relieve the tension
on the primary lock,
PIN TOOL D
Insert the tool into
the access slot
above the terminal.
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
Twist it 90° to
release the lock.
Slide the tool into
the primary lock.
EXAMPLE E:
1. Remove the terminal.
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
lock.
0
TOOLE
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
\
Lift up on the tool
to release the
primary lock.
Insert the tool
below the terminal.
2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE F:
1. Remove the terminal.
Push the wire into the
connector to relieve the
tension on the primary
,ock" PIN TOOL F
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
Lift up on the
tool to release
the primary lock.
Insert the tool
below the terminal.
2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
EXAMPLE G:
1. Remove the terminal.
Push the wire into the Insert the tool
connector to relieve the at the middle of
tension on the primary the terminal.
Pull the terminal out
of the connector.
2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS.
HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS
1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one
from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct
replacement terminal based on the wire size range
the terminal will accommodate.
NOTE; If the replacement terminal quantities are
low, reorder them by using the terminal part
number listed on the inside lid of the terminal
repair kit. Replacement terminals are available
through your parts department using normal parts
ordering procedures.
2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing,
use the proper size slot in the crimping tool.
3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the
wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire
has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the
kit.)
NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make
sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did,
cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it
again.
WIRE
INSULATION CRIMP
CRIMP \ /
9
—
-f^| |«*h- 1 mm of wire showing here
1 mm of insulation showing here
End of seal 1 mm beyond
the insulation crimp
End of wire
insulation
4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with
the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil
and the open section toward the former.
FORMER
ANVIL
TERMINAL
5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown
in step 3.
6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops
make contact.
STOPS
7. Crimp the insulation crimp.
• If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next
larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool
over the insulation crimp section of the terminal,
then squeeze the tool with both hands until the
stops make contact.
• If you have a wire seal, position the insulation
crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully
squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are
touching and making a full-circle shape.
Keep a circle shape.
Ends touching.
8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of
the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start
over.
Wire should be visible here.
J—1
GOOD
Wire crimp is crimping
on the insulation, not wire.
NO GOOD
Loose strands of wire.
NO GOOD
Wire crimp not
crimped evenly.
NO GOOD
GOOD
Crimped edges
should be even.
NO GOOD
Poor crimping. If one side
sticks out more, the terminal
may not fit into the connector.
9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure
the wire seals are pushed all the way into the
connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure
the terminal is locked into place.
10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if
applicable, and reconnect the connector.
HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS
Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory
crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short
or when access to the connector is too restricted to
make a terminal repair.
NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to
How to Replace Connector Terminals.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION:
On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate
harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace
the harness; do not repair it On other models,
wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any
SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness;
do not repair it.
1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the
connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin
Tool Set.
2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it
connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then
strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This
will be used to size the wire end of the
replacement pigtail terminal.
NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start
with a large enough hole on the stripper that will
not nick or cut off any strands of wires.
Cut the old wire here../ 1
..then, strip it here
"2
...and match both ends to the
ends on a new pigtail terminal.
Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity;
push it in until it locks in place.
NEW
PIGTAIL
ORIGINAL
WIRE
6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side,
and cut off both ends at once. If you are making
more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the
same location; the resulting "lump" of splice
connectors would interfere with rewrapping the
harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough
to the terminal so you will have room to make each
remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down
on the next pigtail.
7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip
about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of
both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice
connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of
insulation.
NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try
again with the next larger size hole on the stripper.
Strip 6 mm (1/4) for
YELLOW connector.
Strip 8 mm (5/16) for
PINK or BLUE
connector.
3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original
wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same
diameter bare wire).
4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink,
or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the
original wire.
Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in
the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the
flare begins), and close the crimper handles far
enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet
mechanism at any point after the first click,
squeeze the handles slightly and push the release
lever, then let the handles open.
- Do not loosen or remove this screw;
it has been set to release the ratchet
at proper crimping pressure.
CRIMPER
YELLOW JAWS
(20-22 AWG)
CRIMPER TOOL
PINK BLUE
(15-19 AWG) (^XwQ)
RELEASE
LEVER
Insert one of the bare wires into the splice
connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the
wire all the way into the splice connector, and
squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing
until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position
until the ratchet clicks again.
FLARE CRIMPER
JAWS
SPLICE
CONNECTOR
BARE WIRE
10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the
other end of the splice connector.
11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the
opposite directions to make sure they are secure
in the connector.
12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the
repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable
material.
NONFLAMMABLE
MATERIAL
13,
REPAIRED WIRE
HEAT GUN
, Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the
middle of the splice connector, and move the gun
toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat
evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader
around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete
when a small amount of sealant appears at each
end of the tube.
NOTE; Be careful when working with the high heat
produced by the heat gun.
Shrinking is complete
when sealant appears here.
PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS
Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the
replacement terminal part number and the wire size
being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal
part number. Then use the color (size) splice
connector listed. In some instances you may also
have to match the wire seal style to select the proper
pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through
your parts department, in quantities of 10, using
normal parts ordering procedures.
Wire Seal Type
Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent
problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal
Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the
terminal fit between the two matching connectors
without removing the terminals from the connector
body.
1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male
terminal in the mating connector.
2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal,
and then remove the terminal tool.
NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool
that is larger than the mating male terminal
because it would spread the female terminal and
cause a loose fit.
3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the
connecior. If the drag is less, replace the terminal
with a replacement terminal from the appropriate
terminal repair kit.
" Portions of materials contained herein have been reprinted under
license from America Honda Motor Co., Inc. License Agreement AH220 ."
Don't see what you're looking for? Suggest a topic →